getColorNames() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all defined colors in the document. If no document is open, returns a list of the default document colors. getColorNames() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all defined colours in the document. If no document is open, returns a list of the default document colours. getColor("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (C, M, Y, K) containing the four color components of the color "name" from the current document. If no document is open, returns the value of the named color from the default document colors. May raise NotFoundError if the named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. getColor("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (C, M, Y, K) containing the four colour components of the colour "name" from the current document. If no document is open, returns the value of the named colour from the default document colours. May raise NotFoundError if the named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. getColorAsRGB("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (R,G,B) containing the three color components of the color "name" from the current document, converted to the RGB color space. If no document is open, returns the value of the named color from the default document colors. May raise NotFoundError if the named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. getColorAsRGB("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (R,G,B) containing the three colour components of the colour "name" from the current document, converted to the RGB colour space. If no document is open, returns the value of the named colour from the default document colours. May raise NotFoundError if the named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. changeColor("name", c, m, y, k) Changes the color "name" to the specified CMYK value. The color value is defined via four components c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Color components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise NotFoundError if the named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. changeColour("name", c, m, y, k) Changes the colour "name" to the specified CMYK value. The colour value is defined via four components c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Colour components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise NotFoundError if the named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. defineColor("name", c, m, y, k) Defines a new color "name". The color Value is defined via four components: c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Color components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. defineColor("name", c, m, y, k) Defines a new colour "name". The colour Value is defined via four components: c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Colour components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. deleteColor("name", "replace") Deletes the color "name". Every occurence of that color is replaced by the color "replace". If not specified, "replace" defaults to the color "None" - transparent. deleteColor works on the default document colors if there is no document open. In that case, "replace", if specified, has no effect. May raise NotFoundError if a named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. deleteColor("name", "replace") Deletes the colour "name". Every occurence of that colour is replaced by the colour "replace". If not specified, "replace" defaults to the colour "None" - transparent. deleteColor works on the default document colours if there is no document open. In that case, "replace", if specified, has no effect. May raise NotFoundError if a named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. replaceColor("name", "replace") Every occurence of the color "name" is replaced by the color "replace". May raise NotFoundError if a named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. replaceColor("name", "replace") Every occurence of the colour "name" is replaced by the colour "replace". May raise NotFoundError if a named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. newDocDialog() -> bool Displays the "New Document" dialog box. Creates a new document if the user accepts the settings. Does not create a document if the user presses cancel. Returns true if a new document was created. newDocDialog() -> bool Displays the "New Document" dialog box. Creates a new document if the user accepts the settings. Does not create a document if the user presses cancel. Returns true if a new document was created. fileDialog("caption", ["filter", "defaultname", haspreview, issave, isdir]) -> string with filename Shows a File Open dialog box with the caption "caption". Files are filtered with the filter string "filter". A default filename or file path can also supplied, leave this string empty when you don't want to use it. A value of True for haspreview enables a small preview widget in the FileSelect box. When the issave parameter is set to True the dialog acts like a "Save As" dialog otherwise it acts like a "File Open Dialog". When the isdir parameter is True the dialog shows and returns only directories. The default for all of the optional parameters is False. The filter, if specified, takes the form 'comment (*.type *.type2 ...)'. For example 'Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)'. Refer to the Qt-Documentation for QFileDialog for details on filters. Example: fileDialog('Open input', 'CSV files (*.csv)') Example: fileDialog('Save report', defaultname='report.txt', issave=True) fileDialog("caption", ["filter", "defaultname", haspreview, issave, isdir]) -> string with filename Shows a File Open dialog box with the caption "caption". Files are filtered with the filter string "filter". A default filename or file path can also supplied, leave this string empty when you don't want to use it. A value of True for haspreview enables a small preview widget in the FileSelect box. When the issave parameter is set to True the dialog acts like a "Save As" dialog otherwise it acts like a "File Open Dialog". When the isdir parameter is True the dialog shows and returns only directories. The default for all of the optional parameters is False. The filter, if specified, takes the form 'comment (*.type *.type2 ...)'. For example 'Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)'. Refer to the Qt-Documentation for QFileDialog for details on filters. Example: fileDialog('Open input', 'CSV files (*.csv)') Example: fileDialog('Save report', defaultname='report.txt', issave=True) messageBox("caption", "message", icon=ICON_NONE, button1=BUTTON_OK|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, button2=BUTTON_NONE, button3=BUTTON_NONE) -> integer Displays a message box with the title "caption", the message "message", and an icon "icon" and up to 3 buttons. By default no icon is used and a single button, OK, is displayed. Only the caption and message arguments are required, though setting an icon and appropriate button(s) is strongly recommended. The message text may contain simple HTML-like markup. Returns the number of the button the user pressed. Button numbers start at 1. For the icon and the button parameters there are predefined constants available with the same names as in the Qt Documentation. These are the BUTTON_* and ICON_* constants defined in the module. There are also two extra constants that can be binary-ORed with button constants: BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT Pressing enter presses this button. BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE Pressing escape presses this button. Usage examples: result = messageBox('Script failed', 'This script only works when you have a text frame selected.', ICON_ERROR) result = messageBox('Monkeys!', 'Something went ook! <i>Was it a monkey?</i>', ICON_WARNING, BUTTON_YES|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_IGNORE|BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE) Defined button and icon constants: BUTTON_NONE, BUTTON_ABORT, BUTTON_CANCEL, BUTTON_IGNORE, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_NOALL, BUTTON_OK, BUTTON_RETRY, BUTTON_YES, BUTTON_YESALL, ICON_NONE, ICON_INFORMATION, ICON_WARNING, ICON_CRITICAL. messageBox("caption", "message", icon=ICON_NONE, button1=BUTTON_OK|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, button2=BUTTON_NONE, button3=BUTTON_NONE) -> integer Displays a message box with the title "caption", the message "message", and an icon "icon" and up to 3 buttons. By default no icon is used and a single button, OK, is displayed. Only the caption and message arguments are required, though setting an icon and appropriate button(s) is strongly recommended. The message text may contain simple HTML-like markup. Returns the number of the button the user pressed. Button numbers start at 1. For the icon and the button parameters there are predefined constants available with the same names as in the Qt Documentation. These are the BUTTON_* and ICON_* constants defined in the module. There are also two extra constants that can be binary-ORed with button constants: BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT Pressing enter presses this button. BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE Pressing escape presses this button. Usage examples: result = messageBox('Script failed', 'This script only works when you have a text frame selected.', ICON_ERROR) result = messageBox('Monkeys!', 'Something went ook! <i>Was it a monkey?</i>', ICON_WARNING, BUTTON_YES|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_IGNORE|BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE) Defined button and icon constants: BUTTON_NONE, BUTTON_ABORT, BUTTON_CANCEL, BUTTON_IGNORE, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_NOALL, BUTTON_OK, BUTTON_RETRY, BUTTON_YES, BUTTON_YESALL, ICON_NONE, ICON_INFORMATION, ICON_WARNING, ICON_CRITICAL. valueDialog(caption, message [,defaultvalue]) -> string Shows the common 'Ask for string' dialog and returns its value as a string Parameters: window title, text in the window and optional 'default' value. Example: valueDialog('title', 'text in the window', 'optional') valueDialog(caption, message [,defaultvalue]) -> string Shows the common 'Ask for string' dialog and returns its value as a string Parameters: window title, text in the window and optional 'default' value. Example: valueDialog('title', 'text in the window', 'optional') newStyleDialog() -> string Shows 'Create new paragraph style' dialog. Function returns real style name or None when user cancels the dialog. newStyleDialog() -> string Shows 'Create new paragraph style' dialog. Function returns real style name or None when user cancels the dialog. newDocument(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, pagesType, firstPageOrder, numPages) -> bool Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. pagesType = One of the predefined constants PAGE_n. PAGE_1 is single page, PAGE_2 is for double sided documents, PAGE_3 is for 3 pages fold and PAGE_4 is 4-fold. firstPageOrder = What is position of first page in the document. Indexed from 0 (0 = first). numPage = Number of pages to be created. The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDocument(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 7, UNIT_POINTS, PAGE_4, 3, 1) May raise ScribusError if is firstPageOrder bigger than allowed by pagesType. newDocument(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, pagesType, firstPageOrder, numPages) -> bool Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. pagesType = One of the predefined constants PAGE_n. PAGE_1 is single page, PAGE_2 is for double sided documents, PAGE_3 is for 3 pages fold and PAGE_4 is 4-fold. firstPageOrder = What is position of first page in the document. Indexed from 0 (0 = first). numPage = Number of pages to be created. The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDocument(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 7, UNIT_POINTS, PAGE_4, 3, 1) May raise ScribusError if is firstPageOrder bigger than allowed by pagesType. newDoc(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, facingPages, firstSideLeft) -> bool WARNING: Obsolete procedure! Use newDocument instead. Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. facingPages = FACINGPAGES, NOFACINGPAGES firstSideLeft = FIRSTPAGELEFT, FIRSTPAGERIGHT The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDoc(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 1, UNIT_POINTS, FACINGPAGES, FIRSTPAGERIGHT) newDoc(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, facingPages, firstSideLeft) -> bool WARNING: Obsolete procedure! Use newDocument instead. Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. facingPages = FACINGPAGES, NOFACINGPAGES firstSideLeft = FIRSTPAGELEFT, FIRSTPAGERIGHT The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDoc(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 1, UNIT_POINTS, FACINGPAGES, FIRSTPAGERIGHT) closeDoc() Closes the current document without prompting to save. May throw NoDocOpenError if there is no document to close closeDoc() Closes the current document without prompting to save. May throw NoDocOpenError if there is no document to close haveDoc() -> bool Returns true if there is a document open. haveDoc() -> bool Returns true if there is a document open. openDoc("name") Opens the document "name". May raise ScribusError if the document could not be opened. openDoc("name") Opens the document "name". May raise ScribusError if the document could not be opened. saveDoc() Saves the current document with its current name, returns true if successful. If the document has not already been saved, this may bring up an interactive save file dialog. If the save fails, there is currently no way to tell. saveDoc() Saves the current document with its current name, returns true if successful. If the document has not already been saved, this may bring up an interactive save file dialog. If the save fails, there is currently no way to tell. saveDocAs("name") Saves the current document under the new name "name" (which may be a full or relative path). May raise ScribusError if the save fails. saveDocAs("name") Saves the current document under the new name "name" (which may be a full or relative path). May raise ScribusError if the save fails. setInfo("author", "info", "description") -> bool Sets the document information. "Author", "Info", "Description" are strings. setInfo("author", "info", "description") -> bool Sets the document information. "Author", "Info", "Description" are strings. setMargins(lr, rr, tr, br) Sets the margins of the document, Qt::DockLeft(lr), Qt::DockRight(rr), Qt::DockTop(tr) and Qt::DockBottom(br) margins are given in the measurement units of the document - see UNIT_<type> constants. setMargins(lr, rr, tr, br) Sets the margins of the document, Qt::DockLeft(lr), Qt::DockRight(rr), Qt::DockTop(tr) and Qt::DockBottom(br) margins are given in the measurement units of the document - see UNIT_<type> constants. setUnit(type) Changes the measurement unit of the document. Possible values for "unit" are defined as constants UNIT_<type>. May raise ValueError if an invalid unit is passed. setUnit(type) Changes the measurement unit of the document. Possible values for "unit" are defined as constants UNIT_<type>. May raise ValueError if an invalid unit is passed. getUnit() -> integer (Scribus unit constant) Returns the measurement units of the document. The returned value will be one of the UNIT_* constants: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. getUnit() -> integer (Scribus unit constant) Returns the measurement units of the document. The returned value will be one of the UNIT_* constants: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. loadStylesFromFile("filename") Loads paragraph styles from the Scribus document at "filename" into the current document. loadStylesFromFile("filename") Loads paragraph styles from the Scribus document at "filename" into the current document. setDocType(facingPages, firstPageLeft) Sets the document type. To get facing pages set the first parameter to FACINGPAGES, to switch facingPages off use NOFACINGPAGES instead. If you want to be the first page a left side set the second parameter to FIRSTPAGELEFT, for a right page use FIRSTPAGERIGHT. setDocType(facingPages, firstPageLeft) Sets the document type. To get facing pages set the first parameter to FACINGPAGES, to switch facingPages off use NOFACINGPAGES instead. If you want to be the first page a left side set the second parameter to FIRSTPAGELEFT, for a right page use FIRSTPAGERIGHT. closeMasterPage() Closes the currently active master page, if any, and returns editing to normal. Begin editing with editMasterPage(). closeMasterPage() Closes the currently active master page, if any, and returns editing to normal. Begin editing with editMasterPage(). masterPageNames() Returns a list of the names of all master pages in the document. masterPageNames() Returns a list of the names of all master pages in the document. editMasterPage(pageName) Enables master page editing and opens the named master page for editing. Finish editing with closeMasterPage(). editMasterPage(pageName) Enables master page editing and opens the named master page for editing. Finish editing with closeMasterPage(). createMasterPage(pageName) Creates a new master page named pageName and opens it for editing. createMasterPage(pageName) Creates a new master page named pageName and opens it for editing. deleteMasterPage(pageName) Delete the named master page. deleteMasterPage(pageName) Delete the named master page. getFillColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the fill color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFillColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the fill colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFillTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the fill transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getFillTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the fill transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getFillBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the fill blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getFillBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the fill blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the line color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the line colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the line transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the line transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineWidth(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line width of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineWidth(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line width of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the line color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the line colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineJoin(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line join style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The join types are: JOIN_BEVEL, JOIN_MITTER, JOIN_ROUND getLineJoin(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line join style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The join types are: JOIN_BEVEL, JOIN_MITTER, JOIN_ROUND getLineEnd(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line cap style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The cap types are: CAP_FLAT, CAP_ROUND, CAP_SQUARE getLineEnd(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line cap style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The cap types are: CAP_FLAT, CAP_ROUND, CAP_SQUARE getLineStyle(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Line style constants are: LINE_DASH, LINE_DASHDOT, LINE_DASHDOTDOT, LINE_DOT, LINE_SOLID getLineStyle(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Line style constants are: LINE_DASH, LINE_DASHDOT, LINE_DASHDOTDOT, LINE_DOT, LINE_SOLID getFillShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the fill color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFillShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the fill colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getCornerRadius(["name"]) -> integer Returns the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getCornerRadius(["name"]) -> integer Returns the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageScale(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple containing the scaling values of the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageScale(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple containing the scaling values of the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageName(["name"]) -> string Returns the filename for the image in the image frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageName(["name"]) -> string Returns the filename for the image in the image frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getPosition(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple with the position of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The position is expressed in the actual measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. getPosition(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple with the position of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The position is expressed in the actual measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. getSize(["name"]) -> (width,height) Returns a (width, height) tuple with the size of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The size is expressed in the current measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. getSize(["name"]) -> (width,height) Returns a (width, height) tuple with the size of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The size is expressed in the current measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. getRotation(["name"]) -> integer Returns the rotation of the object "name". The value is expressed in degrees, and clockwise is positive. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getRotation(["name"]) -> integer Returns the rotation of the object "name". The value is expressed in degrees, and clockwise is positive. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getAllObjects() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all objects on the current page. getAllObjects() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all objects on the current page. getPropertyCType(object, property, includesuper=True) Returns the name of the C type of `property' of `object'. See getProperty() for details of arguments. If `includesuper' is true, search inherited properties too. getPropertyCType(object, property, includesuper=True) Returns the name of the C type of `property' of `object'. See getProperty() for details of arguments. If `includesuper' is true, search inherited properties too. getPropertyNames(object, includesuper=True) Return a list of property names supported by `object'. If `includesuper' is true, return properties supported by parent classes as well. getPropertyNames(object, includesuper=True) Return a list of property names supported by `object'. If `includesuper' is true, return properties supported by parent classes as well. getProperty(object, property) Return the value of the property `property' of the passed `object'. The `object' argument may be a string, in which case the named PageItem is searched for. It may also be a PyCObject, which may point to any C++ QObject instance. The `property' argument must be a string, and is the name of the property to look up on `object'. The return value varies depending on the type of the property. getProperty(object, property) Return the value of the property `property' of the passed `object'. The `object' argument may be a string, in which case the named PageItem is searched for. It may also be a PyCObject, which may point to any C++ QObject instance. The `property' argument must be a string, and is the name of the property to look up on `object'. The return value varies depending on the type of the property. setProperty(object, property, value) Set `property' of `object' to `value'. If `value' cannot be converted to a type compatible with the type of `property', an exception is raised. An exception may also be raised if the underlying setter fails. See getProperty() for more information. setProperty(object, property, value) Set `property' of `object' to `value'. If `value' cannot be converted to a type compatible with the type of `property', an exception is raised. An exception may also be raised if the underlying setter fails. See getProperty() for more information. moveObject(dx, dy [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" by dx and dy relative to its current position. The distances are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. moveObject(dx, dy [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" by dx and dy relative to its current position. The distances are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. moveObjectAbs(x, y [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" to a new location. The coordinates are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. moveObjectAbs(x, y [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" to a new location. The coordinates are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. rotateObject(rot [, "name"]) Rotates the object "name" by "rot" degrees relatively. The object is rotated by the vertex that is currently selected as the rotation point - by default, the top left vertex at zero rotation. Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation when the default rotation point is used. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. rotateObject(rot [, "name"]) Rotates the object "name" by "rot" degrees relatively. The object is rotated by the vertex that is currently selected as the rotation point - by default, the top left vertex at zero rotation. Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation when the default rotation point is used. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. rotateObjectAbs(rot [, "name"]) Sets the rotation of the object "name" to "rot". Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. rotateObjectAbs(rot [, "name"]) Sets the rotation of the object "name" to "rot". Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. sizeObject(width, height [, "name"]) Resizes the object "name" to the given width and height. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. sizeObject(width, height [, "name"]) Resizes the object "name" to the given width and height. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getSelectedObject([nr]) -> string Returns the name of the selected object. "nr" if given indicates the number of the selected object, e.g. 0 means the first selected object, 1 means the second selected Object and so on. getSelectedObject([nr]) -> string Returns the name of the selected object. "nr" if given indicates the number of the selected object, e.g. 0 means the first selected object, 1 means the second selected Object and so on. selectionCount() -> integer Returns the number of selected objects. selectionCount() -> integer Returns the number of selected objects. selectObject("name") Selects the object with the given "name". selectObject("name") Selects the object with the given "name". deselectAll() Deselects all objects in the whole document. deselectAll() Deselects all objects in the whole document. groupObjects(list) Groups the objects named in "list" together. "list" must contain the names of the objects to be grouped. If "list" is not given the currently selected items are used. groupObjects(list) Groups the objects named in "list" together. "list" must contain the names of the objects to be grouped. If "list" is not given the currently selected items are used. unGroupObjects("name") Destructs the group the object "name" belongs to.If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. unGroupObjects("name") Destructs the group the object "name" belongs to.If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. scaleGroup(factor [,"name"]) Scales the group the object "name" belongs to. Values greater than 1 enlarge the group, values smaller than 1 make the group smaller e.g a value of 0.5 scales the group to 50 % of its original size, a value of 1.5 scales the group to 150 % of its original size. The value for "factor" must be greater than 0. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if an invalid scale factor is passed. scaleGroup(factor [,"name"]) Scales the group the object "name" belongs to. Values greater than 1 enlarge the group, values smaller than 1 make the group smaller e.g a value of 0.5 scales the group to 50 % of its original size, a value of 1.5 scales the group to 150 % of its original size. The value for "factor" must be greater than 0. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if an invalid scale factor is passed. loadImage("filename" [, "name"]) Loads the picture "picture" into the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame loadImage("filename" [, "name"]) Loads the picture "picture" into the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame scaleImage(x, y [, "name"]) Sets the scaling factors of the picture in the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. A number of 1 means 100 %. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame scaleImage(x, y [, "name"]) Sets the scaling factors of the picture in the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. A number of 1 means 100 %. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame lockObject(["name"]) -> bool Locks the object "name" if it's unlocked or unlock it if it's locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Returns true if locked. lockObject(["name"]) -> bool Locks the object "name" if it's unlocked or unlock it if it's locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Returns true if locked. isLocked(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if is the object "name" locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. isLocked(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if is the object "name" locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setScaleImageToFrame(scaletoframe, proportional=None, name=<selection>) Sets the scale to frame on the selected or specified image frame to `scaletoframe'. If `proportional' is specified, set fixed aspect ratio scaling to `proportional'. Both `scaletoframe' and `proportional' are boolean. May raise WrongFrameTypeError. setScaleImageToFrame(scaletoframe, proportional=None, name=<selection>) Sets the scale to frame on the selected or specified image frame to `scaletoframe'. If `proportional' is specified, set fixed aspect ratio scaling to `proportional'. Both `scaletoframe' and `proportional' are boolean. May raise WrongFrameTypeError. setRedraw(bool) Disables page redraw when bool = False, otherwise redrawing is enabled. This change will persist even after the script exits, so make sure to call setRedraw(True) in a finally: clause at the top level of your script. setRedraw(bool) Disables page redraw when bool = False, otherwise redrawing is enabled. This change will persist even after the script exits, so make sure to call setRedraw(True) in a finally: clause at the top level of your script. getFontNames() -> list Returns a list with the names of all available fonts. getFontNames() -> list Returns a list with the names of all available fonts. getXFontNames() -> list of tuples Returns a larger font info. It's a list of the tuples with: [ (Scribus name, Family, Real name, subset (1|0), embed PS (1|0), font file), (...), ... ] getXFontNames() -> list of tuples Returns a larger font info. It's a list of the tuples with: [ (Scribus name, Family, Real name, subset (1|0), embed PS (1|0), font file), (...), ... ] renderFont("name", "filename", "sample", size, format="PPM") -> bool Creates an image preview of font "name" with given text "sample" and size. If "filename" is not "", image is saved into "filename". Otherwise image data is returned as a string. The optional "format" argument specifies the image format to generate, and supports any format allowed by QPixmap.save(). Common formats are PPM, JPEG, PNG and XPM. May raise NotFoundError if the specified font can't be found. May raise ValueError if an empty sample or filename is passed. renderFont("name", "filename", "sample", size, format="PPM") -> bool Creates an image preview of font "name" with given text "sample" and size. If "filename" is not "", image is saved into "filename". Otherwise image data is returned as a string. The optional "format" argument specifies the image format to generate, and supports any format allowed by QPixmap.save(). Common formats are PPM, JPEG, PNG and XPM. May raise NotFoundError if the specified font can't be found. May raise ValueError if an empty sample or filename is passed. getLayers() -> list Returns a list with the names of all defined layers. getLayers() -> list Returns a list with the names of all defined layers. setActiveLayer("name") Sets the active layer to the layer named "name". May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setActiveLayer("name") Sets the active layer to the layer named "name". May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getActiveLayer() -> string Returns the name of the current active layer. getActiveLayer() -> string Returns the name of the current active layer. sentToLayer("layer" [, "name"]) Sends the object "name" to the layer "layer". The layer must exist. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. sentToLayer("layer" [, "name"]) Sends the object "name" to the layer "layer". The layer must exist. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerVisible("layer", visible) Sets the layer "layer" to be visible or not. If is the visible set to false the layer is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerVisible("layer", visible) Sets the layer "layer" to be visible or not. If is the visible set to false the layer is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerPrintable("layer", printable) Sets the layer "layer" to be printable or not. If is the printable set to false the layer won't be printed. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerPrintable("layer", printable) Sets the layer "layer" to be printable or not. If is the printable set to false the layer won't be printed. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerLocked("layer", locked) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If locked is set to true the layer will be locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerLocked("layer", locked) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If locked is set to true the layer will be locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerOutlined("layer", outline) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If outline is set to true the layer will be displayed outlined. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerOutlined("layer", outline) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If outline is set to true the layer will be displayed outlined. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerFlow("layer", flow) Sets the layers "layer" flowcontrol to flow. If flow is set to true text in layers above this one will flow around objects on this layer. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerFlow("layer", flow) Sets the layers "layer" flowcontrol to flow. If flow is set to true text in layers above this one will flow around objects on this layer. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerBlendmode("layer", blend) Sets the layers "layer" blendmode to blend. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerBlendmode("layer", blend) Sets the layers "layer" blendmode to blend. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerTransparency("layer", trans) Sets the layers "layer" transparency to trans. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerTransparency("layer", trans) Sets the layers "layer" transparency to trans. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerVisible("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is visible or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is visible, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerVisible("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is visible or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is visible, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerPrintable("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is printable or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" can be printed, a value of False means that printing the layer "layer" is disabled. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerPrintable("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is printable or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" can be printed, a value of False means that printing the layer "layer" is disabled. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerLocked("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is locked or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is editable, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerLocked("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is locked or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is editable, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerOutlined("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is outlined or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is outlined, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is normal. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerOutlined("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is outlined or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is outlined, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is normal. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerFlow("layer") -> bool Returns whether text flows around objects on layer "layer", a value of True means that text flows around, a value of False means that the text does not flow around. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerFlow("layer") -> bool Returns whether text flows around objects on layer "layer", a value of True means that text flows around, a value of False means that the text does not flow around. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerBlendmode("layer") -> int Returns the "layer" layer blendmode, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerBlendmode("layer") -> int Returns the "layer" layer blendmode, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerTransparency("layer") -> float Returns the "layer" layer transparency, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerTransparency("layer") -> float Returns the "layer" layer transparency, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. deleteLayer("layer") Deletes the layer with the name "layer". Nothing happens if the layer doesn't exists or if it's the only layer in the document. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. deleteLayer("layer") Deletes the layer with the name "layer". Nothing happens if the layer doesn't exists or if it's the only layer in the document. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. createLayer(layer) Creates a new layer with the name "name". May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. createLayer(layer) Creates a new layer with the name "name". May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getGuiLanguage() -> string Returns a string with the -lang value. getGuiLanguage() -> string Returns a string with the -lang value. moveSelectionToFront() Moves current selection to front. moveSelectionToFront()Moves current selection to front. moveSelectionToFront() Moves current selection to back. moveSelectionToFront()Moves current selection to back. createRect(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new rectangle on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name to reference that object in future. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createRect(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new rectangle on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name to reference that object in future. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createEllipse(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new ellipse on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createEllipse(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new ellipse on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createImage(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new picture frame on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document. "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createImage(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new picture frame on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document. "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createText(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new text frame on the actual page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the actual measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createText(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new text frame on the actual page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the actual measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createLine(x1, y1, x2, y2, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new line from the point(x1, y1) to the point(x2, y2) and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createLine(x1, y1, x2, y2, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new line from the point(x1, y1) to the point(x2, y2) and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createPolyLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polyline and returns its name. The points for the polyline are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPolyLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polyline and returns its name. The points for the polyline are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPolygon(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polygon and returns its name. The points for the polygon are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. At least three points are required. There is no need to repeat the first point to close the polygon. The polygon is automatically closed by connecting the first and the last point. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPolygon(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polygon and returns its name. The points for the polygon are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. At least three points are required. There is no need to repeat the first point to close the polygon. The polygon is automatically closed by connecting the first and the last point. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createBezierLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new bezier curve and returns its name. The points for the bezier curve are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, kx1, ky1, x2, y2, kx2, ky2...xn. yn, kxn. kyn] In the points list, x and y mean the x and y coordinates of the point and kx and ky meaning the control point for the curve. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createBezierLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new bezier curve and returns its name. The points for the bezier curve are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, kx1, ky1, x2, y2, kx2, ky2...xn. yn, kxn. kyn] In the points list, x and y mean the x and y coordinates of the point and kx and ky meaning the control point for the curve. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPathText(x, y, "textbox", "beziercurve", ["name"]) -> string Creates a new pathText by merging the two objects "textbox" and "beziercurve" and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise NotFoundError if one or both of the named base object don't exist. createPathText(x, y, "textbox", "beziercurve", ["name"]) -> string Creates a new pathText by merging the two objects "textbox" and "beziercurve" and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise NotFoundError if one or both of the named base object don't exist. deleteObject(["name"]) Deletes the item with the name "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is deleted. deleteObject(["name"]) Deletes the item with the name "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is deleted. textFlowMode("name" [, state]) Enables/disables "Text Flows Around Frame" feature for object "name". Called with parameters string name and optional int "state" (0 <= state <= 3). Setting "state" to 0 will disable text flow. Setting "state" to 1 will make text flow around object frame. Setting "state" to 2 will make text flow around bounding box. Setting "state" to 3 will make text flow around contour line. If "state" is not passed, text flow is toggled. textFlowMode("name" [, state]) Enables/disables "Text Flows Around Frame" feature for object "name". Called with parameters string name and optional int "state" (0 <= state <= 3). Setting "state" to 0 will disable text flow. Setting "state" to 1 will make text flow around object frame. Setting "state" to 2 will make text flow around bounding box. Setting "state" to 3 will make text flow around contour line. If "state" is not passed, text flow is toggled. objectExists(["name"]) -> bool Test if an object with specified name really exists in the document. The optional parameter is the object name. When no object name is given, returns True if there is something selected. objectExists(["name"]) -> bool Test if an object with specified name really exists in the document. The optional parameter is the object name. When no object name is given, returns True if there is something selected. setStyle("style" [, "name"]) Apply the named "style" to the object named "name". If is no object name given, it's applied on the selected object. setStyle("style" [, "name"]) Apply the named "style" to the object named "name". If is no object name given, it's applied on the selected object. getAllStyles() -> list Return a list of the names of all paragraph styles in the current document. getAllStyles() -> list Return a list of the names of all paragraph styles in the current document. duplicateObject(["name"]) -> string creates a Duplicate of the selected Object (or Selection Group). duplicateObject(["name"]) -> string creates a Duplicate of the selected Object (or Selection Group). newPage(where [,"masterpage"]) Creates a new page. If "where" is -1 the new Page is appended to the document, otherwise the new page is inserted before "where". Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. The optional parameter "masterpage" specifies the name of the master page for the new page. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range newPage(where [,"masterpage"]) Creates a new page. If "where" is -1 the new Page is appended to the document, otherwise the new page is inserted before "where". Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. The optional parameter "masterpage" specifies the name of the master page for the new page. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range currentPage() -> integer Returns the number of the current working page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. currentPage() -> integer Returns the number of the current working page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. redrawAll() Redraws all pages. redrawAll() Redraws all pages. getPageType() -> integer Returns the type of the Page, 0 means left Page, 1 is a middle Page and 2 is a right Page getPageType() -> integer Returns the type of the Page, 0 means left Page, 1 is a middle Page and 2 is a right Page savePageAsEPS("name") Saves the current page as an EPS to the file "name". May raise ScribusError if the save failed. savePageAsEPS("name") Saves the current page as an EPS to the file "name". May raise ScribusError if the save failed. deletePage(nr) Deletes the given page. Does nothing if the document contains only one page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number is. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range deletePage(nr) Deletes the given page. Does nothing if the document contains only one page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number is. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range gotoPage(nr) Moves to the page "nr" (that is, makes the current page "nr"). Note that gotoPage doesn't (currently) change the page the user's view is displaying, it just sets the page that script commands will operates on. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range. gotoPage(nr) Moves to the page "nr" (that is, makes the current page "nr"). Note that gotoPage doesn't (currently) change the page the user's view is displaying, it just sets the page that script commands will operates on. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range. pageCount() -> integer Returns the number of pages in the document. pageCount() -> integer Returns the number of pages in the document. getHGuides() -> list Returns a list containing positions of the horizontal guides. Values are in the document's current units - see UNIT_<type> constants. getHGuides() -> list Returns a list containing positions of the horizontal guides. Values are in the document's current units - see UNIT_<type> constants. setHGuides(list) Sets horizontal guides. Input parameter must be a list of guide positions measured in the current document units - see UNIT_<type> constants. Example: setHGuides(getHGuides() + [200.0, 210.0] # add new guides without any lost setHGuides([90,250]) # replace current guides entirely setHGuides(list) Sets horizontal guides. Input parameter must be a list of guide positions measured in the current document units - see UNIT_<type> constants. Example: setHGuides(getHGuides() + [200.0, 210.0] # add new guides without any lost setHGuides([90,250]) # replace current guides entirely getVGuides() See getHGuides. getVGuides() See getHGuides. setVGuides() See setHGuides. setVGuides() See setHGuides. getPageSize() -> tuple Returns a tuple with page dimensions measured in the document's current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageMargins() getPageSize() -> tuple Returns a tuple with page dimensions measured in the document's current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageMargins() getPageItems() -> list Returns a list of tuples with items on the current page. The tuple is: (name, objectType, order) E.g. [('Text1', 4, 0), ('Image1', 2, 1)] means that object named 'Text1' is a text frame (type 4) and is the first at the page... getPageItems() -> list Returns a list of tuples with items on the current page. The tuple is: (name, objectType, order) E.g. [('Text1', 4, 0), ('Image1', 2, 1)] means that object named 'Text1' is a text frame (type 4) and is the first at the page... getPageMargins() Returns the page margins as a (top, left, right, bottom) tuple in the current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageSize(). getPageMargins() Returns the page margins as a (top, left, right, bottom) tuple in the current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageSize(). importPage("fromDoc", (pageList), [create, imortwhere, importwherePage]) Imports a set of pages (given as a tuple) from an existing document (the file name must be given). This functions maps the "Page->Import" dropdown menu function. fromDoc: string; the filename of the document to import pages from pageList: tuple with page numbers of pages to import create: number; 0 to replace existing pages, 1 (default) to insert new pages importWhere: number; the page number (of the current document) at which import the pages importWherePage: number; used if create==1; 0 to create pages before selected page; 1 to create pages after selected page; 2 (default) to create pages at the end of the document importPage("fromDoc", (pageList), [create, imortwhere, importwherePage])Imports a set of pages (given as a tuple) from an existing document (the file name must be given). This functions maps the "Page->Import" dropdown menu function.fromDoc: string; the filename of the document to import pages frompageList: tuple with page numbers of pages to importcreate: number; 0 to replace existing pages, 1 (default) to insert new pagesimportWhere: number; the page number (of the current document) at which import the pagesimportWherePage: number; used if create==1; 0 to create pages before selected page; 1 to create pages after selected page; 2 (default) to create pages at the end of the document setGradientFill(type, "color1", shade1, "color2", shade2, ["name"]) Sets the gradient fill of the object "name" to type. Color descriptions are the same as for setFillColor() and setFillShade(). See the constants for available types (FILL_<type>). setGradientFill(type, "colour1", shade1, "colour2", shade2, ["name"]) Sets the gradient fill of the object "name" to type. Colour descriptions are the same as for setFillColor() and setFillShade(). See the constants for available types (FILL_<type>). setFillColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the fill color of the object "name" to the color "color". "color" is the name of one of the defined colors. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the fill colour of the object "name" to the colour "color". "color" is the name of one of the defined colours. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the fill transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the fill transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the fill blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the fill blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the line color of the object "name" to the color "color". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the line colour of the object "name" to the colour "color". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the line transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the line transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the line blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the line blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineWidth(width, ["name"]) Sets line width of the object "name" to "width". "width" must be in the range from 0.0 to 12.0 inclusive, and is measured in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line width is out of bounds. setLineWidth(width, ["name"]) Sets line width of the object "name" to "width". "width" must be in the range from 0.0 to 12.0 inclusive, and is measured in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line width is out of bounds. setLineShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the line color of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full color intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line shade is out of bounds. setLineShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the line colour of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full colour intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line shade is out of bounds. setLineJoin(join, ["name"]) Sets the line join style of the object "name" to the style "join". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for join - JOIN_<type>. setLineJoin(join, ["name"]) Sets the line join style of the object "name" to the style "join". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for join - JOIN_<type>. setLineEnd(endtype, ["name"]) Sets the line cap style of the object "name" to the style "cap". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "cap" - CAP_<type>. setLineEnd(endtype, ["name"]) Sets the line cap style of the object "name" to the style "cap". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "cap" - CAP_<type>. setLineStyle(style, ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the style "style". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "style" - LINE_<style>. setLineStyle(style, ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the style "style". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "style" - LINE_<style>. setFillShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the fill color of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full Color intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May raise ValueError if the fill shade is out of bounds. setFillShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the fill colour of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full Colour intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May raise ValueError if the fill shade is out of bounds. setCornerRadius(radius, ["name"]) Sets the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the corner radius is negative. setCornerRadius(radius, ["name"]) Sets the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the corner radius is negative. setMultiLine("namedStyle", ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the named style "namedStyle". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the line style doesn't exist. setMultiLine("namedStyle", ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the named style "namedStyle". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the line style doesn't exist. createParagraphStyle(...) Creates a paragraph style. This function takes the following keyword parameters: "name" [required] -> specifies the name of the paragraphstyle to create linespacingmode [optional] -> specifies the linespacing mode; possible modes are: fixed linespacing: 0 automatic linespacing: 1 baseline grid linespacing: 2 linespacing [optional] -> specifies the linespacing if using fixed linespacing alignment [optional] -> specifies the alignment of the paragraph -> left: 0 -> center: 1 -> right: 2 -> justify: 3 -> extend: 4 leftmargin [optional], rightmargin [optional] -> specify the margin gapbefore [optional], gapafter [optional] -> specify the gaps to the heading and following paragraphs firstindent [optional] -> the indent of the first line hasdropcap [optional] -> specifies if there are caps (1 = yes, 0 = no) dropcaplines [optional] -> height (in lines) of the caps if used dropcapoffset [optional] -> offset of the caps if used "charstyle" [optional] -> char style to use createParagraphStyle(...)Creates a paragraph style. This function takes the following keyword parameters:"name" [required] -> specifies the name of the paragraphstyle to createlinespacingmode [optional] -> specifies the linespacing mode; possible modes are:fixed linespacing: 0automatic linespacing: 1baseline grid linespacing: 2linespacing [optional] -> specifies the linespacing if using fixed linespacingalignment [optional] -> specifies the alignment of the paragraph-> left: 0-> center: 1-> right: 2-> justify: 3-> extend: 4leftmargin [optional], rightmargin [optional] -> specify the margingapbefore [optional], gapafter [optional] -> specify the gaps to the heading and following paragraphsfirstindent [optional] -> the indent of the first linehasdropcap [optional] -> specifies if there are caps (1 = yes, 0 = no)dropcaplines [optional] -> height (in lines) of the caps if useddropcapoffset [optional] -> offset of the caps if used"charstyle" [optional] -> char style to use createCharStyle(...) Creates a character style. This function takes the following keyword parameters: "name" [required] -> name of the char style to create "font" [optional] -> name of the font to use fontsize [optional] -> font size to set (double) "features" [optional] -> nearer typographic details can be defined by a string that might contain the following phrases comma-seperated (without spaces!): -> inherit -> bold -> italic -> underline -> underlinewords -> strike -> superscript -> subscript -> outline -> shadowed -> allcaps -> smallcaps "fillcolor" [optional], "fillshade" [optional] -> specify fill options "strokecolor" [optional], "strokeshade" [optional] -> specify stroke options baselineoffset [optional] -> offset of the baseline shadowxoffset [optional], shadowyoffset [optional] -> offset of the shadow if used outlinewidth [optional] -> width of the outline if used underlineoffset [optional], underlinewidth [optional] -> underline options if used strikethruoffset [optional], strikethruwidth [optional] -> strikethru options if used scaleh [optional], scalev [optional] -> scale of the chars tracking [optional] -> tracking of the text "language" [optional] -> language code createCharStyle(...)Creates a character style. This function takes the following keyword parameters:"name" [required] -> name of the char style to create"font" [optional] -> name of the font to usefontsize [optional] -> font size to set (double)"features" [optional] -> nearer typographic details can be defined by a string that might contain the following phrases comma-seperated (without spaces!):-> inherit-> bold-> italic-> underline-> underlinewords-> strike-> superscript-> subscript-> outline-> shadowed-> allcaps-> smallcaps"fillcolour" [optional], "fillshade" [optional] -> specify fill options"strokecolour" [optional], "strokeshade" [optional] -> specify stroke optionsbaselineoffset [optional] -> offset of the baselineshadowxoffset [optional], shadowyoffset [optional] -> offset of the shadow if usedoutlinewidth [optional] -> width of the outline if usedunderlineoffset [optional], underlinewidth [optional] -> underline options if usedstrikethruoffset [optional], strikethruwidth [optional] -> strikethru options if usedscaleh [optional], scalev [optional] -> scale of the charstracking [optional] -> tracking of the text"language" [optional] -> language code getFontSize(["name"]) -> float Returns the font size in points for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFontSize(["name"]) -> float Returns the font size in points for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFont(["name"]) -> string Returns the font name for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFont(["name"]) -> string Returns the font name for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextLength(["name"]) -> integer Returns the length of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextLength(["name"]) -> integer Returns the length of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextLines(["name"]) -> integer Returns the number of lines of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextLines(["name"]) -> integer Returns the number of lines of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected, the selected text is returned. All text in the frame, not just currently visible text, is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected, the selected text is returned. All text in the frame, not just currently visible text, is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getAllText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name" and of all text frames which are linked with this frame. If this textframe has some text selected, the selected text is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getAllText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name" and of all text frames which are linked with this frame. If this textframe has some text selected, the selected text is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineSpacing(["name"]) -> float Returns the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineSpacing(["name"]) -> float Returns the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextDistances(["name"]) -> tuple Returns the text distances of the text frame "name" expressed in points. The distances are returned as a tuple like (left, right, top, bottom). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextDistances(["name"]) -> tupleReturns the text distances of the text frame "name" expressed in points. Thedistances are returned as a tuple like (left, right, top, bottom). If "name"is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumnGap(["name"]) -> float Returns the column gap size of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumnGap(["name"]) -> float Returns the column gap size of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumns(["name"]) -> integer Gets the number of columns of the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumns(["name"]) -> integer Gets the number of columns of the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setText("text", ["name"]) Sets the text of the text frame "name" to the text of the string "text". Text must be UTF8 encoded - use e.g. unicode(text, 'iso-8859-2'). See the FAQ for more details. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setText("text", ["name"]) Sets the text of the text frame "name" to the text of the string "text". Text must be UTF8 encoded - use e.g. unicode(text, 'iso-8859-2'). See the FAQ for more details. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. insertText("text", pos, ["name"]) Inserts the text "text" at the position "pos" into the text frame "name". Text must be UTF encoded (see setText() as reference) The first character has an index of 0. Inserting text at position -1 appends it to the frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May throw IndexError for an insertion out of bounds. insertText("text", pos, ["name"]) Inserts the text "text" at the position "pos" into the text frame "name". Text must be UTF encoded (see setText() as reference) The first character has an index of 0. Inserting text at position -1 appends it to the frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May throw IndexError for an insertion out of bounds. setFont("font", ["name"]) Sets the font of the text frame "name" to "font". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the font cannot be found. setFont("font", ["name"]) Sets the font of the text frame "name" to "font". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the font cannot be found. setFontSize(size, ["name"]) Sets the font size of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is treated as a value in points. If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "size" must be in the range 1 to 512. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError for a font size that's out of bounds. setFontSize(size, ["name"]) Sets the font size of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is treated as a value in points. If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "size" must be in the range 1 to 512. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError for a font size that's out of bounds. setLineSpacing(size, ["name"]) Sets the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is a value in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the line spacing is out of bounds. setLineSpacing(size, ["name"]) Sets the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is a value in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the line spacing is out of bounds. setTextDistances(left, right, top, bottom, ["name"]) Sets the text distances of the text frame "name" to the values "left" "right", "top" and "bottom". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if any of the distances are out of bounds (must be positive). setTextDistances(left, right, top, bottom, ["name"])Sets the text distances of the text frame "name" to the values "left""right", "top" and "bottom". If "name" is not given the currentlyselected item is used.May throw ValueError if any of the distances are out of bounds (must be positive). setColumnGap(size, ["name"]) Sets the column gap of the text frame "name" to the value "size". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the column gap is out of bounds (must be positive). setColumnGap(size, ["name"]) Sets the column gap of the text frame "name" to the value "size". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the column gap is out of bounds (must be positive). setColumns(nr, ["name"]) Sets the number of columns of the text frame "name" to the integer "nr". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if number of columns is not at least one. setColumns(nr, ["name"]) Sets the number of columns of the text frame "name" to the integer "nr". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if number of columns is not at least one. setTextAlignment(align, ["name"]) Sets the text alignment of the text frame "name" to the specified alignment. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. "align" should be one of the ALIGN_ constants defined in this module - see dir(scribus). May throw ValueError for an invalid alignment constant. setTextAlignment(align, ["name"]) Sets the text alignment of the text frame "name" to the specified alignment. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. "align" should be one of the ALIGN_ constants defined in this module - see dir(scribus). May throw ValueError for an invalid alignment constant. selectText(start, count, ["name"]) Selects "count" characters of text in the text frame "name" starting from the character "start". Character counting starts at 0. If "count" is zero, any text selection will be cleared. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw IndexError if the selection is outside the bounds of the text. selectText(start, count, ["name"]) Selects "count" characters of text in the text frame "name" starting from the character "start". Character counting starts at 0. If "count" is zero, any text selection will be cleared. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw IndexError if the selection is outside the bounds of the text. deleteText(["name"]) Deletes any text in the text frame "name". If there is some text selected, only the selected text will be deleted. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. deleteText(["name"]) Deletes any text in the text frame "name". If there is some text selected, only the selected text will be deleted. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the text color of the text frame "name" to the color "color". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the text colour of the text frame "name" to the colour "color". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextStroke("color", ["name"]) Set "color" of the text stroke. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextStroke("color", ["name"]) Set "color" of the text stroke. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the text color of the object "name" to "shade". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full color intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the text colour of the object "name" to "shade". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full colour intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. linkTextFrames("fromname", "toname") Link two text frames. The frame named "fromname" is linked to the frame named "toname". The target frame must be an empty text frame and must not link to or be linked from any other frames already. May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. linkTextFrames("fromname", "toname") Link two text frames. The frame named "fromname" is linked to the frame named "toname". The target frame must be an empty text frame and must not link to or be linked from any other frames already. May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. unlinkTextFrames("name") Remove the specified (named) object from the text frame flow/linkage. If the frame was in the middle of a chain, the previous and next frames will be connected, eg 'a->b->c' becomes 'a->c' when you unlinkTextFrames(b)' May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. unlinkTextFrames("name") Remove the specified (named) object from the text frame flow/linkage. If the frame was in the middle of a chain, the previous and next frames will be connected, eg 'a->b->c' becomes 'a->c' when you unlinkTextFrames(b)' May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. traceText(["name"]) Convert the text frame "name" to outlines. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. traceText(["name"]) Convert the text frame "name" to outlines. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. textOverflows(["name", nolinks]) -> integer Returns the actual number of overflowing characters in text frame "name". If is nolinks set to non zero value it takes only one frame - it doesn't use text frame linking. Without this parameter it search all linking chain. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an text frame textOverflows(["name", nolinks]) -> integer Returns the actual number of overflowing characters in text frame "name". If is nolinks set to non zero value it takes only one frame - it doesn't use text frame linking. Without this parameter it search all linking chain. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an text frame hyphenateText(["name"]) -> bool Does hyphenation on text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame hyphenateText(["name"]) -> boolDoes hyphenation on text frame "name".If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used.May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame dehyphenateText(["name"]) -> bool Does dehyphenation on text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame dehyphenateText(["name"]) -> boolDoes dehyphenation on text frame "name".If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used.May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame setPDFBookmark("toggle", ["name"]) Sets whether (toggle = 1) the text frame "name" is a bookmark nor not. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame setPDFBookmark("toggle", ["name"]) Sets whether (toggle = 1) the text frame "name" is a bookmark nor not. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame isPDFBookmark(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if the text frame "name" is a PDF bookmark. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame isPDFBookmark(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if the text frame "name" is a PDF bookmark. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame messagebarText("string") Writes the "string" into the Scribus message bar (status line). The text must be UTF8 encoded or 'unicode' string(recommended). messagebarText("string") Writes the "string" into the Scribus message bar (status line). The text must be UTF8 encoded or 'unicode' string(recommended). progressReset() Cleans up the Scribus progress bar previous settings. It is called before the new progress bar use. See progressSet. progressReset() Cleans up the Scribus progress bar previous settings. It is called before the new progress bar use. See progressSet. progressTotal(max) Sets the progress bar's maximum steps value to the specified number. See progressSet. progressTotal(max) Sets the progress bar's maximum steps value to the specified number. See progressSet. progressSet(nr) Set the progress bar position to "nr", a value relative to the previously set progressTotal. The progress bar uses the concept of steps; you give it the total number of steps and the number of steps completed so far and it will display the percentage of steps that have been completed. You can specify the total number of steps with progressTotal(). The current number of steps is set with progressSet(). The progress bar can be rewound to the beginning with progressReset(). [based on info taken from Trolltech's Qt docs] progressSet(nr) Set the progress bar position to "nr", a value relative to the previously set progressTotal. The progress bar uses the concept of steps; you give it the total number of steps and the number of steps completed so far and it will display the percentage of steps that have been completed. You can specify the total number of steps with progressTotal(). The current number of steps is set with progressSet(). The progress bar can be rewound to the beginning with progressReset(). [based on info taken from Trolltech's Qt docs] setCursor() [UNSUPPORTED!] This might break things, so steer clear for now. setCursor() [UNSUPPORTED!] This might break things, so steer clear for now. docChanged(bool) Enable/disable save icon in the Scribus icon bar and the Save menu item. It's useful to call this procedure when you're changing the document, because Scribus won't automatically notice when you change the document using a script. docChanged(bool) Enable/disable save icon in the Scribus icon bar and the Save menu item. It's useful to call this procedure when you're changing the document, because Scribus won't automatically notice when you change the document using a script. zoomDocument(double) Zoom the document in main GUI window. Actions have whole number values like 20.0, 100.0, etc. Zoom to Fit uses -100 as a marker. zoomDocument(double) Zoom the document in main GUI window. Actions have whole number values like 20.0, 100.0, etc. Zoom to Fit uses -100 as a marker. scrollDocument(x,y) Scroll the document in main GUI window by x and y. scrollDocument(x,y)Scroll the document in main GUI window by x and y. placeSVG("filename", x, y) Places the SVG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SVG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SVG placeSVG("filename", x, y) Places the SVG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SVG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SVG placeEPS("filename", x, y) Places the EPS "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the EPS placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported EPS placeEPS("filename", x, y) Places the EPS "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the EPS placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported EPS placeSXD("filename", x, y) Places the SXD "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SXD placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SXD placeSXD("filename", x, y) Places the SXD "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SXD placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SXD placeODG("filename", x, y) Places the ODG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the ODG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported ODG placeODG("filename", x, y) Places the ODG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the ODG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported ODG @default getColorNames() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all defined colors in the document. If no document is open, returns a list of the default document colors. getColorNames() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all defined colours in the document. If no document is open, returns a list of the default document colours. newDocDialog() -> bool Displays the "New Document" dialog box. Creates a new document if the user accepts the settings. Does not create a document if the user presses cancel. Returns true if a new document was created. newDocDialog() -> bool Displays the "New Document" dialog box. Creates a new document if the user accepts the settings. Does not create a document if the user presses cancel. Returns true if a new document was created. getFillColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the fill color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFillColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the fill colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. moveObject(dx, dy [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" by dx and dy relative to its current position. The distances are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. moveObject(dx, dy [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" by dx and dy relative to its current position. The distances are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. setRedraw(bool) Disables page redraw when bool = False, otherwise redrawing is enabled. This change will persist even after the script exits, so make sure to call setRedraw(True) in a finally: clause at the top level of your script. setRedraw(bool) Disables page redraw when bool = False, otherwise redrawing is enabled. This change will persist even after the script exits, so make sure to call setRedraw(True) in a finally: clause at the top level of your script. createRect(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new rectangle on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name to reference that object in future. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createRect(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new rectangle on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name to reference that object in future. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. newPage(where [,"masterpage"]) Creates a new page. If "where" is -1 the new Page is appended to the document, otherwise the new page is inserted before "where". Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. The optional parameter "masterpage" specifies the name of the master page for the new page. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range newPage(where [,"masterpage"]) Creates a new page. If "where" is -1 the new Page is appended to the document, otherwise the new page is inserted before "where". Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. The optional parameter "masterpage" specifies the name of the master page for the new page. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range setGradientFill(type, "color1", shade1, "color2", shade2, ["name"]) Sets the gradient fill of the object "name" to type. Color descriptions are the same as for setFillColor() and setFillShade(). See the constants for available types (FILL_<type>). setGradientFill(type, "colour1", shade1, "colour2", shade2, ["name"]) Sets the gradient fill of the object "name" to type. Colour descriptions are the same as for setFillColor() and setFillShade(). See the constants for available types (FILL_<type>). getFontSize(["name"]) -> float Returns the font size in points for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFontSize(["name"]) -> float Returns the font size in points for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. messagebarText("string") Writes the "string" into the Scribus message bar (status line). The text must be UTF8 encoded or 'unicode' string(recommended). messagebarText("string") Writes the "string" into the Scribus message bar (status line). The text must be UTF8 encoded or 'unicode' string(recommended). newDocument(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, pagesType, firstPageOrder, numPages) -> bool Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. pagesType = One of the predefined constants PAGE_n. PAGE_1 is single page, PAGE_2 is for double sided documents, PAGE_3 is for 3 pages fold and PAGE_4 is 4-fold. firstPageOrder = What is position of first page in the document. Indexed from 0 (0 = first). numPage = Number of pages to be created. The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDocument(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 7, UNIT_POINTS, PAGE_4, 3, 1) May raise ScribusError if is firstPageOrder bigger than allowed by pagesType. newDocument(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, pagesType, firstPageOrder, numPages) -> bool Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. pagesType = One of the predefined constants PAGE_n. PAGE_1 is single page, PAGE_2 is for double sided documents, PAGE_3 is for 3 pages fold and PAGE_4 is 4-fold. firstPageOrder = What is position of first page in the document. Indexed from 0 (0 = first). numPage = Number of pages to be created. The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDocument(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 7, UNIT_POINTS, PAGE_4, 3, 1) May raise ScribusError if is firstPageOrder bigger than allowed by pagesType. placeSVG("filename", x, y) Places the SVG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SVG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SVG placeSVG("filename", x, y) Places the SVG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SVG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SVG getColor("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (C, M, Y, K) containing the four color components of the color "name" from the current document. If no document is open, returns the value of the named color from the default document colors. May raise NotFoundError if the named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. getColor("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (C, M, Y, K) containing the four colour components of the colour "name" from the current document. If no document is open, returns the value of the named colour from the default document colours. May raise NotFoundError if the named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. getColorAsRGB("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (R,G,B) containing the three color components of the color "name" from the current document, converted to the RGB color space. If no document is open, returns the value of the named color from the default document colors. May raise NotFoundError if the named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. getColorAsRGB("name") -> tuple Returns a tuple (R,G,B) containing the three colour components of the colour "name" from the current document, converted to the RGB colour space. If no document is open, returns the value of the named colour from the default document colours. May raise NotFoundError if the named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. changeColor("name", c, m, y, k) Changes the color "name" to the specified CMYK value. The color value is defined via four components c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Color components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise NotFoundError if the named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. changeColour("name", c, m, y, k) Changes the colour "name" to the specified CMYK value. The colour value is defined via four components c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Colour components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise NotFoundError if the named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. deleteColor("name", "replace") Deletes the color "name". Every occurence of that color is replaced by the color "replace". If not specified, "replace" defaults to the color "None" - transparent. deleteColor works on the default document colors if there is no document open. In that case, "replace", if specified, has no effect. May raise NotFoundError if a named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. deleteColor("name", "replace") Deletes the colour "name". Every occurence of that colour is replaced by the colour "replace". If not specified, "replace" defaults to the colour "None" - transparent. deleteColor works on the default document colours if there is no document open. In that case, "replace", if specified, has no effect. May raise NotFoundError if a named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. replaceColor("name", "replace") Every occurence of the color "name" is replaced by the color "replace". May raise NotFoundError if a named color wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. replaceColor("name", "replace") Every occurence of the colour "name" is replaced by the colour "replace". May raise NotFoundError if a named colour wasn't found. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. messageBox("caption", "message", icon=ICON_NONE, button1=BUTTON_OK|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, button2=BUTTON_NONE, button3=BUTTON_NONE) -> integer Displays a message box with the title "caption", the message "message", and an icon "icon" and up to 3 buttons. By default no icon is used and a single button, OK, is displayed. Only the caption and message arguments are required, though setting an icon and appropriate button(s) is strongly recommended. The message text may contain simple HTML-like markup. Returns the number of the button the user pressed. Button numbers start at 1. For the icon and the button parameters there are predefined constants available with the same names as in the Qt Documentation. These are the BUTTON_* and ICON_* constants defined in the module. There are also two extra constants that can be binary-ORed with button constants: BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT Pressing enter presses this button. BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE Pressing escape presses this button. Usage examples: result = messageBox('Script failed', 'This script only works when you have a text frame selected.', ICON_ERROR) result = messageBox('Monkeys!', 'Something went ook! <i>Was it a monkey?</i>', ICON_WARNING, BUTTON_YES|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_IGNORE|BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE) Defined button and icon constants: BUTTON_NONE, BUTTON_ABORT, BUTTON_CANCEL, BUTTON_IGNORE, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_NOALL, BUTTON_OK, BUTTON_RETRY, BUTTON_YES, BUTTON_YESALL, ICON_NONE, ICON_INFORMATION, ICON_WARNING, ICON_CRITICAL. messageBox("caption", "message", icon=ICON_NONE, button1=BUTTON_OK|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, button2=BUTTON_NONE, button3=BUTTON_NONE) -> integer Displays a message box with the title "caption", the message "message", and an icon "icon" and up to 3 buttons. By default no icon is used and a single button, OK, is displayed. Only the caption and message arguments are required, though setting an icon and appropriate button(s) is strongly recommended. The message text may contain simple HTML-like markup. Returns the number of the button the user pressed. Button numbers start at 1. For the icon and the button parameters there are predefined constants available with the same names as in the Qt Documentation. These are the BUTTON_* and ICON_* constants defined in the module. There are also two extra constants that can be binary-ORed with button constants: BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT Pressing enter presses this button. BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE Pressing escape presses this button. Usage examples: result = messageBox('Script failed', 'This script only works when you have a text frame selected.', ICON_ERROR) result = messageBox('Monkeys!', 'Something went ook! <i>Was it a monkey?</i>', ICON_WARNING, BUTTON_YES|BUTTONOPT_DEFAULT, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_IGNORE|BUTTONOPT_ESCAPE) Defined button and icon constants: BUTTON_NONE, BUTTON_ABORT, BUTTON_CANCEL, BUTTON_IGNORE, BUTTON_NO, BUTTON_NOALL, BUTTON_OK, BUTTON_RETRY, BUTTON_YES, BUTTON_YESALL, ICON_NONE, ICON_INFORMATION, ICON_WARNING, ICON_CRITICAL. valueDialog(caption, message [,defaultvalue]) -> string Shows the common 'Ask for string' dialog and returns its value as a string Parameters: window title, text in the window and optional 'default' value. Example: valueDialog('title', 'text in the window', 'optional') valueDialog(caption, message [,defaultvalue]) -> string Shows the common 'Ask for string' dialog and returns its value as a string Parameters: window title, text in the window and optional 'default' value. Example: valueDialog('title', 'text in the window', 'optional') closeDoc() Closes the current document without prompting to save. May throw NoDocOpenError if there is no document to close closeDoc() Closes the current document without prompting to save. May throw NoDocOpenError if there is no document to close haveDoc() -> bool Returns true if there is a document open. haveDoc() -> bool Returns true if there is a document open. openDoc("name") Opens the document "name". May raise ScribusError if the document could not be opened. openDoc("name") Opens the document "name". May raise ScribusError if the document could not be opened. saveDoc() Saves the current document with its current name, returns true if successful. If the document has not already been saved, this may bring up an interactive save file dialog. If the save fails, there is currently no way to tell. saveDoc() Saves the current document with its current name, returns true if successful. If the document has not already been saved, this may bring up an interactive save file dialog. If the save fails, there is currently no way to tell. saveDocAs("name") Saves the current document under the new name "name" (which may be a full or relative path). May raise ScribusError if the save fails. saveDocAs("name") Saves the current document under the new name "name" (which may be a full or relative path). May raise ScribusError if the save fails. setUnit(type) Changes the measurement unit of the document. Possible values for "unit" are defined as constants UNIT_<type>. May raise ValueError if an invalid unit is passed. setUnit(type) Changes the measurement unit of the document. Possible values for "unit" are defined as constants UNIT_<type>. May raise ValueError if an invalid unit is passed. getUnit() -> integer (Scribus unit constant) Returns the measurement units of the document. The returned value will be one of the UNIT_* constants: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. getUnit() -> integer (Scribus unit constant) Returns the measurement units of the document. The returned value will be one of the UNIT_* constants: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. loadStylesFromFile("filename") Loads paragraph styles from the Scribus document at "filename" into the current document. loadStylesFromFile("filename") Loads paragraph styles from the Scribus document at "filename" into the current document. setDocType(facingPages, firstPageLeft) Sets the document type. To get facing pages set the first parameter to FACINGPAGES, to switch facingPages off use NOFACINGPAGES instead. If you want to be the first page a left side set the second parameter to FIRSTPAGELEFT, for a right page use FIRSTPAGERIGHT. setDocType(facingPages, firstPageLeft) Sets the document type. To get facing pages set the first parameter to FACINGPAGES, to switch facingPages off use NOFACINGPAGES instead. If you want to be the first page a left side set the second parameter to FIRSTPAGELEFT, for a right page use FIRSTPAGERIGHT. getLineColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the line color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineColor(["name"]) -> string Returns the name of the line colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineWidth(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line width of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineWidth(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line width of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the line color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the line colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineEnd(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line cap style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The cap types are: CAP_FLAT, CAP_ROUND, CAP_SQUARE getLineEnd(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line cap style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The cap types are: CAP_FLAT, CAP_ROUND, CAP_SQUARE getLineStyle(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Line style constants are: LINE_DASH, LINE_DASHDOT, LINE_DASHDOTDOT, LINE_DOT, LINE_SOLID getLineStyle(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Line style constants are: LINE_DASH, LINE_DASHDOT, LINE_DASHDOTDOT, LINE_DOT, LINE_SOLID getFillShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the fill color of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFillShade(["name"]) -> integer Returns the shading value of the fill colour of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageScale(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple containing the scaling values of the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageScale(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple containing the scaling values of the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageName(["name"]) -> string Returns the filename for the image in the image frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getImageName(["name"]) -> string Returns the filename for the image in the image frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getSize(["name"]) -> (width,height) Returns a (width, height) tuple with the size of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The size is expressed in the current measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. getSize(["name"]) -> (width,height) Returns a (width, height) tuple with the size of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The size is expressed in the current measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. getRotation(["name"]) -> integer Returns the rotation of the object "name". The value is expressed in degrees, and clockwise is positive. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getRotation(["name"]) -> integer Returns the rotation of the object "name". The value is expressed in degrees, and clockwise is positive. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getAllObjects() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all objects on the current page. getAllObjects() -> list Returns a list containing the names of all objects on the current page. getPropertyCType(object, property, includesuper=True) Returns the name of the C type of `property' of `object'. See getProperty() for details of arguments. If `includesuper' is true, search inherited properties too. getPropertyCType(object, property, includesuper=True) Returns the name of the C type of `property' of `object'. See getProperty() for details of arguments. If `includesuper' is true, search inherited properties too. getPropertyNames(object, includesuper=True) Return a list of property names supported by `object'. If `includesuper' is true, return properties supported by parent classes as well. getPropertyNames(object, includesuper=True) Return a list of property names supported by `object'. If `includesuper' is true, return properties supported by parent classes as well. getProperty(object, property) Return the value of the property `property' of the passed `object'. The `object' argument may be a string, in which case the named PageItem is searched for. It may also be a PyCObject, which may point to any C++ QObject instance. The `property' argument must be a string, and is the name of the property to look up on `object'. The return value varies depending on the type of the property. getProperty(object, property) Return the value of the property `property' of the passed `object'. The `object' argument may be a string, in which case the named PageItem is searched for. It may also be a PyCObject, which may point to any C++ QObject instance. The `property' argument must be a string, and is the name of the property to look up on `object'. The return value varies depending on the type of the property. setProperty(object, property, value) Set `property' of `object' to `value'. If `value' cannot be converted to a type compatible with the type of `property', an exception is raised. An exception may also be raised if the underlying setter fails. See getProperty() for more information. setProperty(object, property, value) Set `property' of `object' to `value'. If `value' cannot be converted to a type compatible with the type of `property', an exception is raised. An exception may also be raised if the underlying setter fails. See getProperty() for more information. moveObjectAbs(x, y [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" to a new location. The coordinates are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. moveObjectAbs(x, y [, "name"]) Moves the object "name" to a new location. The coordinates are expressed in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. If the object "name" belongs to a group, the whole group is moved. sizeObject(width, height [, "name"]) Resizes the object "name" to the given width and height. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. sizeObject(width, height [, "name"]) Resizes the object "name" to the given width and height. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getSelectedObject([nr]) -> string Returns the name of the selected object. "nr" if given indicates the number of the selected object, e.g. 0 means the first selected object, 1 means the second selected Object and so on. getSelectedObject([nr]) -> string Returns the name of the selected object. "nr" if given indicates the number of the selected object, e.g. 0 means the first selected object, 1 means the second selected Object and so on. selectionCount() -> integer Returns the number of selected objects. selectionCount() -> integer Returns the number of selected objects. selectObject("name") Selects the object with the given "name". selectObject("name") Selects the object with the given "name". deselectAll() Deselects all objects in the whole document. deselectAll() Deselects all objects in the whole document. groupObjects(list) Groups the objects named in "list" together. "list" must contain the names of the objects to be grouped. If "list" is not given the currently selected items are used. groupObjects(list) Groups the objects named in "list" together. "list" must contain the names of the objects to be grouped. If "list" is not given the currently selected items are used. unGroupObjects("name") Destructs the group the object "name" belongs to.If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. unGroupObjects("name") Destructs the group the object "name" belongs to.If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. scaleGroup(factor [,"name"]) Scales the group the object "name" belongs to. Values greater than 1 enlarge the group, values smaller than 1 make the group smaller e.g a value of 0.5 scales the group to 50 % of its original size, a value of 1.5 scales the group to 150 % of its original size. The value for "factor" must be greater than 0. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if an invalid scale factor is passed. scaleGroup(factor [,"name"]) Scales the group the object "name" belongs to. Values greater than 1 enlarge the group, values smaller than 1 make the group smaller e.g a value of 0.5 scales the group to 50 % of its original size, a value of 1.5 scales the group to 150 % of its original size. The value for "factor" must be greater than 0. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if an invalid scale factor is passed. loadImage("filename" [, "name"]) Loads the picture "picture" into the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame loadImage("filename" [, "name"]) Loads the picture "picture" into the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame scaleImage(x, y [, "name"]) Sets the scaling factors of the picture in the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. A number of 1 means 100 %. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame scaleImage(x, y [, "name"]) Sets the scaling factors of the picture in the image frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. A number of 1 means 100 %. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an image frame lockObject(["name"]) -> bool Locks the object "name" if it's unlocked or unlock it if it's locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Returns true if locked. lockObject(["name"]) -> bool Locks the object "name" if it's unlocked or unlock it if it's locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. Returns true if locked. isLocked(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if is the object "name" locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. isLocked(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if is the object "name" locked. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setScaleImageToFrame(scaletoframe, proportional=None, name=<selection>) Sets the scale to frame on the selected or specified image frame to `scaletoframe'. If `proportional' is specified, set fixed aspect ratio scaling to `proportional'. Both `scaletoframe' and `proportional' are boolean. May raise WrongFrameTypeError. setScaleImageToFrame(scaletoframe, proportional=None, name=<selection>) Sets the scale to frame on the selected or specified image frame to `scaletoframe'. If `proportional' is specified, set fixed aspect ratio scaling to `proportional'. Both `scaletoframe' and `proportional' are boolean. May raise WrongFrameTypeError. getFontNames() -> list Returns a list with the names of all available fonts. getFontNames() -> list Returns a list with the names of all available fonts. getXFontNames() -> list of tuples Returns a larger font info. It's a list of the tuples with: [ (Scribus name, Family, Real name, subset (1|0), embed PS (1|0), font file), (...), ... ] getXFontNames() -> list of tuples Returns a larger font info. It's a list of the tuples with: [ (Scribus name, Family, Real name, subset (1|0), embed PS (1|0), font file), (...), ... ] renderFont("name", "filename", "sample", size, format="PPM") -> bool Creates an image preview of font "name" with given text "sample" and size. If "filename" is not "", image is saved into "filename". Otherwise image data is returned as a string. The optional "format" argument specifies the image format to generate, and supports any format allowed by QPixmap.save(). Common formats are PPM, JPEG, PNG and XPM. May raise NotFoundError if the specified font can't be found. May raise ValueError if an empty sample or filename is passed. renderFont("name", "filename", "sample", size, format="PPM") -> bool Creates an image preview of font "name" with given text "sample" and size. If "filename" is not "", image is saved into "filename". Otherwise image data is returned as a string. The optional "format" argument specifies the image format to generate, and supports any format allowed by QPixmap.save(). Common formats are PPM, JPEG, PNG and XPM. May raise NotFoundError if the specified font can't be found. May raise ValueError if an empty sample or filename is passed. getLayers() -> list Returns a list with the names of all defined layers. getLayers() -> list Returns a list with the names of all defined layers. setActiveLayer("name") Sets the active layer to the layer named "name". May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setActiveLayer("name") Sets the active layer to the layer named "name". May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getActiveLayer() -> string Returns the name of the current active layer. getActiveLayer() -> string Returns the name of the current active layer. sentToLayer("layer" [, "name"]) Sends the object "name" to the layer "layer". The layer must exist. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. sentToLayer("layer" [, "name"]) Sends the object "name" to the layer "layer". The layer must exist. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerVisible("layer", visible) Sets the layer "layer" to be visible or not. If is the visible set to false the layer is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerVisible("layer", visible) Sets the layer "layer" to be visible or not. If is the visible set to false the layer is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerPrintable("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is printable or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" can be printed, a value of False means that printing the layer "layer" is disabled. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerPrintable("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is printable or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" can be printed, a value of False means that printing the layer "layer" is disabled. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. deleteLayer("layer") Deletes the layer with the name "layer". Nothing happens if the layer doesn't exists or if it's the only layer in the document. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. deleteLayer("layer") Deletes the layer with the name "layer". Nothing happens if the layer doesn't exists or if it's the only layer in the document. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. createLayer(layer) Creates a new layer with the name "name". May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. createLayer(layer) Creates a new layer with the name "name". May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getGuiLanguage() -> string Returns a string with the -lang value. getGuiLanguage() -> string Returns a string with the -lang value. createEllipse(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new ellipse on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createEllipse(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new ellipse on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createImage(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new picture frame on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document. "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createImage(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new picture frame on the current page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document. "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createText(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new text frame on the actual page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the actual measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createText(x, y, width, height, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new text frame on the actual page and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the actual measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further referencing of that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createLine(x1, y1, x2, y2, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new line from the point(x1, y1) to the point(x2, y2) and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createLine(x1, y1, x2, y2, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new line from the point(x1, y1) to the point(x2, y2) and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. createPolyLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polyline and returns its name. The points for the polyline are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPolyLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polyline and returns its name. The points for the polyline are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPolygon(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polygon and returns its name. The points for the polygon are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. At least three points are required. There is no need to repeat the first point to close the polygon. The polygon is automatically closed by connecting the first and the last point. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPolygon(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new polygon and returns its name. The points for the polygon are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, x2, y2...xn. yn]. At least three points are required. There is no need to repeat the first point to close the polygon. The polygon is automatically closed by connecting the first and the last point. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createBezierLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new bezier curve and returns its name. The points for the bezier curve are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, kx1, ky1, x2, y2, kx2, ky2...xn. yn, kxn. kyn] In the points list, x and y mean the x and y coordinates of the point and kx and ky meaning the control point for the curve. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createBezierLine(list, ["name"]) -> string Creates a new bezier curve and returns its name. The points for the bezier curve are stored in the list "list" in the following order: [x1, y1, kx1, ky1, x2, y2, kx2, ky2...xn. yn, kxn. kyn] In the points list, x and y mean the x and y coordinates of the point and kx and ky meaning the control point for the curve. The coordinates are given in the current measurement units of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise ValueError if an insufficient number of points is passed or if the number of values passed don't group into points without leftovers. createPathText(x, y, "textbox", "beziercurve", ["name"]) -> string Creates a new pathText by merging the two objects "textbox" and "beziercurve" and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise NotFoundError if one or both of the named base object don't exist. createPathText(x, y, "textbox", "beziercurve", ["name"]) -> string Creates a new pathText by merging the two objects "textbox" and "beziercurve" and returns its name. The coordinates are given in the current measurement unit of the document (see UNIT constants). "name" should be a unique identifier for the object because you need this name for further access to that object. If "name" is not given Scribus will create one for you. May raise NameExistsError if you explicitly pass a name that's already used. May raise NotFoundError if one or both of the named base object don't exist. deleteObject(["name"]) Deletes the item with the name "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is deleted. deleteObject(["name"]) Deletes the item with the name "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is deleted. objectExists(["name"]) -> bool Test if an object with specified name really exists in the document. The optional parameter is the object name. When no object name is given, returns True if there is something selected. objectExists(["name"]) -> bool Test if an object with specified name really exists in the document. The optional parameter is the object name. When no object name is given, returns True if there is something selected. setStyle("style" [, "name"]) Apply the named "style" to the object named "name". If is no object name given, it's applied on the selected object. setStyle("style" [, "name"]) Apply the named "style" to the object named "name". If is no object name given, it's applied on the selected object. getAllStyles() -> list Return a list of the names of all paragraph styles in the current document. getAllStyles() -> list Return a list of the names of all paragraph styles in the current document. currentPage() -> integer Returns the number of the current working page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. currentPage() -> integer Returns the number of the current working page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number of your document is. redrawAll() Redraws all pages. redrawAll() Redraws all pages. savePageAsEPS("name") Saves the current page as an EPS to the file "name". May raise ScribusError if the save failed. savePageAsEPS("name") Saves the current page as an EPS to the file "name". May raise ScribusError if the save failed. deletePage(nr) Deletes the given page. Does nothing if the document contains only one page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number is. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range deletePage(nr) Deletes the given page. Does nothing if the document contains only one page. Page numbers are counted from 1 upwards, no matter what the displayed first page number is. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range pageCount() -> integer Returns the number of pages in the document. pageCount() -> integer Returns the number of pages in the document. getHGuides() -> list Returns a list containing positions of the horizontal guides. Values are in the document's current units - see UNIT_<type> constants. getHGuides() -> list Returns a list containing positions of the horizontal guides. Values are in the document's current units - see UNIT_<type> constants. setHGuides(list) Sets horizontal guides. Input parameter must be a list of guide positions measured in the current document units - see UNIT_<type> constants. Example: setHGuides(getHGuides() + [200.0, 210.0] # add new guides without any lost setHGuides([90,250]) # replace current guides entirely setHGuides(list) Sets horizontal guides. Input parameter must be a list of guide positions measured in the current document units - see UNIT_<type> constants. Example: setHGuides(getHGuides() + [200.0, 210.0] # add new guides without any lost setHGuides([90,250]) # replace current guides entirely getVGuides() See getHGuides. getVGuides() See getHGuides. setVGuides() See setHGuides. setVGuides() See setHGuides. getPageSize() -> tuple Returns a tuple with page dimensions measured in the document's current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageMargins() getPageSize() -> tuple Returns a tuple with page dimensions measured in the document's current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageMargins() getPageItems() -> list Returns a list of tuples with items on the current page. The tuple is: (name, objectType, order) E.g. [('Text1', 4, 0), ('Image1', 2, 1)] means that object named 'Text1' is a text frame (type 4) and is the first at the page... getPageItems() -> list Returns a list of tuples with items on the current page. The tuple is: (name, objectType, order) E.g. [('Text1', 4, 0), ('Image1', 2, 1)] means that object named 'Text1' is a text frame (type 4) and is the first at the page... getPageMargins() Returns the page margins as a (top, left, right, bottom) tuple in the current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageSize(). getPageMargins() Returns the page margins as a (top, left, right, bottom) tuple in the current units. See UNIT_<type> constants and getPageSize(). setFillColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the fill color of the object "name" to the color "color". "color" is the name of one of the defined colors. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the fill colour of the object "name" to the colour "color". "color" is the name of one of the defined colours. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the line color of the object "name" to the color "color". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the line colour of the object "name" to the colour "color". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineWidth(width, ["name"]) Sets line width of the object "name" to "width". "width" must be in the range from 0.0 to 12.0 inclusive, and is measured in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line width is out of bounds. setLineWidth(width, ["name"]) Sets line width of the object "name" to "width". "width" must be in the range from 0.0 to 12.0 inclusive, and is measured in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line width is out of bounds. setLineShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the line color of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full color intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line shade is out of bounds. setLineShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the line colour of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full colour intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the line shade is out of bounds. setLineJoin(join, ["name"]) Sets the line join style of the object "name" to the style "join". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for join - JOIN_<type>. setLineJoin(join, ["name"]) Sets the line join style of the object "name" to the style "join". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for join - JOIN_<type>. setLineEnd(endtype, ["name"]) Sets the line cap style of the object "name" to the style "cap". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "cap" - CAP_<type>. setLineEnd(endtype, ["name"]) Sets the line cap style of the object "name" to the style "cap". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "cap" - CAP_<type>. setLineStyle(style, ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the style "style". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "style" - LINE_<style>. setLineStyle(style, ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the style "style". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. There are predefined constants for "style" - LINE_<style>. setFillShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the fill color of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full Color intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May raise ValueError if the fill shade is out of bounds. setFillShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the fill colour of the object "name" to "shade". "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full Colour intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May raise ValueError if the fill shade is out of bounds. setCornerRadius(radius, ["name"]) Sets the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the corner radius is negative. setCornerRadius(radius, ["name"]) Sets the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise ValueError if the corner radius is negative. setMultiLine("namedStyle", ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the named style "namedStyle". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the line style doesn't exist. setMultiLine("namedStyle", ["name"]) Sets the line style of the object "name" to the named style "namedStyle". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise NotFoundError if the line style doesn't exist. getFont(["name"]) -> string Returns the font name for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getFont(["name"]) -> string Returns the font name for the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected the value assigned to the first character of the selection is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextLength(["name"]) -> integer Returns the length of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextLength(["name"]) -> integer Returns the length of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected, the selected text is returned. All text in the frame, not just currently visible text, is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name". If this text frame has some text selected, the selected text is returned. All text in the frame, not just currently visible text, is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getAllText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name" and of all text frames which are linked with this frame. If this textframe has some text selected, the selected text is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getAllText(["name"]) -> string Returns the text of the text frame "name" and of all text frames which are linked with this frame. If this textframe has some text selected, the selected text is returned. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineSpacing(["name"]) -> float Returns the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getLineSpacing(["name"]) -> float Returns the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumnGap(["name"]) -> float Returns the column gap size of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumnGap(["name"]) -> float Returns the column gap size of the text frame "name" expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumns(["name"]) -> integer Gets the number of columns of the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getColumns(["name"]) -> integer Gets the number of columns of the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setText("text", ["name"]) Sets the text of the text frame "name" to the text of the string "text". Text must be UTF8 encoded - use e.g. unicode(text, 'iso-8859-2'). See the FAQ for more details. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setText("text", ["name"]) Sets the text of the text frame "name" to the text of the string "text". Text must be UTF8 encoded - use e.g. unicode(text, 'iso-8859-2'). See the FAQ for more details. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFont("font", ["name"]) Sets the font of the text frame "name" to "font". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the font cannot be found. setFont("font", ["name"]) Sets the font of the text frame "name" to "font". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the font cannot be found. setFontSize(size, ["name"]) Sets the font size of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is treated as a value in points. If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "size" must be in the range 1 to 512. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError for a font size that's out of bounds. setFontSize(size, ["name"]) Sets the font size of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is treated as a value in points. If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "size" must be in the range 1 to 512. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError for a font size that's out of bounds. setLineSpacing(size, ["name"]) Sets the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is a value in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the line spacing is out of bounds. setLineSpacing(size, ["name"]) Sets the line spacing ("leading") of the text frame "name" to "size". "size" is a value in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the line spacing is out of bounds. setColumnGap(size, ["name"]) Sets the column gap of the text frame "name" to the value "size". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the column gap is out of bounds (must be positive). setColumnGap(size, ["name"]) Sets the column gap of the text frame "name" to the value "size". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if the column gap is out of bounds (must be positive). setColumns(nr, ["name"]) Sets the number of columns of the text frame "name" to the integer "nr". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if number of columns is not at least one. setColumns(nr, ["name"]) Sets the number of columns of the text frame "name" to the integer "nr". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if number of columns is not at least one. setTextAlignment(align, ["name"]) Sets the text alignment of the text frame "name" to the specified alignment. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. "align" should be one of the ALIGN_ constants defined in this module - see dir(scribus). May throw ValueError for an invalid alignment constant. setTextAlignment(align, ["name"]) Sets the text alignment of the text frame "name" to the specified alignment. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. "align" should be one of the ALIGN_ constants defined in this module - see dir(scribus). May throw ValueError for an invalid alignment constant. selectText(start, count, ["name"]) Selects "count" characters of text in the text frame "name" starting from the character "start". Character counting starts at 0. If "count" is zero, any text selection will be cleared. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw IndexError if the selection is outside the bounds of the text. selectText(start, count, ["name"]) Selects "count" characters of text in the text frame "name" starting from the character "start". Character counting starts at 0. If "count" is zero, any text selection will be cleared. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw IndexError if the selection is outside the bounds of the text. deleteText(["name"]) Deletes any text in the text frame "name". If there is some text selected, only the selected text will be deleted. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. deleteText(["name"]) Deletes any text in the text frame "name". If there is some text selected, only the selected text will be deleted. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the text color of the text frame "name" to the color "color". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextColor("color", ["name"]) Sets the text colour of the text frame "name" to the colour "color". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextStroke("color", ["name"]) Set "color" of the text stroke. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextStroke("color", ["name"]) Set "color" of the text stroke. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the text color of the object "name" to "shade". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full color intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextShade(shade, ["name"]) Sets the shading of the text colour of the object "name" to "shade". If there is some text selected only the selected text is changed. "shade" must be an integer value in the range from 0 (lightest) to 100 (full colour intensity). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. linkTextFrames("fromname", "toname") Link two text frames. The frame named "fromname" is linked to the frame named "toname". The target frame must be an empty text frame and must not link to or be linked from any other frames already. May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. linkTextFrames("fromname", "toname") Link two text frames. The frame named "fromname" is linked to the frame named "toname". The target frame must be an empty text frame and must not link to or be linked from any other frames already. May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. unlinkTextFrames("name") Remove the specified (named) object from the text frame flow/linkage. If the frame was in the middle of a chain, the previous and next frames will be connected, eg 'a->b->c' becomes 'a->c' when you unlinkTextFrames(b)' May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. unlinkTextFrames("name") Remove the specified (named) object from the text frame flow/linkage. If the frame was in the middle of a chain, the previous and next frames will be connected, eg 'a->b->c' becomes 'a->c' when you unlinkTextFrames(b)' May throw ScribusException if linking rules are violated. traceText(["name"]) Convert the text frame "name" to outlines. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. traceText(["name"]) Convert the text frame "name" to outlines. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. textOverflows(["name", nolinks]) -> integer Returns the actual number of overflowing characters in text frame "name". If is nolinks set to non zero value it takes only one frame - it doesn't use text frame linking. Without this parameter it search all linking chain. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an text frame textOverflows(["name", nolinks]) -> integer Returns the actual number of overflowing characters in text frame "name". If is nolinks set to non zero value it takes only one frame - it doesn't use text frame linking. Without this parameter it search all linking chain. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not an text frame isPDFBookmark(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if the text frame "name" is a PDF bookmark. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame isPDFBookmark(["name"]) -> bool Returns true if the text frame "name" is a PDF bookmark. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame progressReset() Cleans up the Scribus progress bar previous settings. It is called before the new progress bar use. See progressSet. progressReset() Cleans up the Scribus progress bar previous settings. It is called before the new progress bar use. See progressSet. progressTotal(max) Sets the progress bar's maximum steps value to the specified number. See progressSet. progressTotal(max) Sets the progress bar's maximum steps value to the specified number. See progressSet. progressSet(nr) Set the progress bar position to "nr", a value relative to the previously set progressTotal. The progress bar uses the concept of steps; you give it the total number of steps and the number of steps completed so far and it will display the percentage of steps that have been completed. You can specify the total number of steps with progressTotal(). The current number of steps is set with progressSet(). The progress bar can be rewound to the beginning with progressReset(). [based on info taken from Trolltech's Qt docs] progressSet(nr) Set the progress bar position to "nr", a value relative to the previously set progressTotal. The progress bar uses the concept of steps; you give it the total number of steps and the number of steps completed so far and it will display the percentage of steps that have been completed. You can specify the total number of steps with progressTotal(). The current number of steps is set with progressSet(). The progress bar can be rewound to the beginning with progressReset(). [based on info taken from Trolltech's Qt docs] setCursor() [UNSUPPORTED!] This might break things, so steer clear for now. setCursor() [UNSUPPORTED!] This might break things, so steer clear for now. docChanged(bool) Enable/disable save icon in the Scribus icon bar and the Save menu item. It's useful to call this procedure when you're changing the document, because Scribus won't automatically notice when you change the document using a script. docChanged(bool) Enable/disable save icon in the Scribus icon bar and the Save menu item. It's useful to call this procedure when you're changing the document, because Scribus won't automatically notice when you change the document using a script. newStyleDialog() -> string Shows 'Create new paragraph style' dialog. Function returns real style name or None when user cancels the dialog. newStyleDialog() -> string Shows 'Create new paragraph style' dialog. Function returns real style name or None when user cancels the dialog. newDoc(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, facingPages, firstSideLeft) -> bool WARNING: Obsolete procedure! Use newDocument instead. Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. facingPages = FACINGPAGES, NOFACINGPAGES firstSideLeft = FIRSTPAGELEFT, FIRSTPAGERIGHT The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDoc(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 1, UNIT_POINTS, FACINGPAGES, FIRSTPAGERIGHT) newDoc(size, margins, orientation, firstPageNumber, unit, facingPages, firstSideLeft) -> bool WARNING: Obsolete procedure! Use newDocument instead. Creates a new document and returns true if successful. The parameters have the following meaning: size = A tuple (width, height) describing the size of the document. You can use predefined constants named PAPER_<paper_type> e.g. PAPER_A4 etc. margins = A tuple (left, right, top, bottom) describing the document margins orientation = the page orientation - constants PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE firstPageNumer = is the number of the first page in the document used for pagenumbering. While you'll usually want 1, it's useful to have higher numbers if you're creating a document in several parts. unit: this value sets the measurement units used by the document. Use a predefined constant for this, one of: UNIT_INCHES, UNIT_MILLIMETERS, UNIT_PICAS, UNIT_POINTS. facingPages = FACINGPAGES, NOFACINGPAGES firstSideLeft = FIRSTPAGELEFT, FIRSTPAGERIGHT The values for width, height and the margins are expressed in the given unit for the document. PAPER_* constants are expressed in points. If your document is not in points, make sure to account for this. example: newDoc(PAPER_A4, (10, 10, 20, 20), LANDSCAPE, 1, UNIT_POINTS, FACINGPAGES, FIRSTPAGERIGHT) closeMasterPage() Closes the currently active master page, if any, and returns editing to normal. Begin editing with editMasterPage(). closeMasterPage() Closes the currently active master page, if any, and returns editing to normal. Begin editing with editMasterPage(). masterPageNames() Returns a list of the names of all master pages in the document. masterPageNames() Returns a list of the names of all master pages in the document. editMasterPage(pageName) Enables master page editing and opens the named master page for editing. Finish editing with closeMasterPage(). editMasterPage(pageName) Enables master page editing and opens the named master page for editing. Finish editing with closeMasterPage(). createMasterPage(pageName) Creates a new master page named pageName and opens it for editing. createMasterPage(pageName) Creates a new master page named pageName and opens it for editing. deleteMasterPage(pageName) Delete the named master page. deleteMasterPage(pageName) Delete the named master page. zoomDocument(double) Zoom the document in main GUI window. Actions have whole number values like 20.0, 100.0, etc. Zoom to Fit uses -100 as a marker. zoomDocument(double) Zoom the document in main GUI window. Actions have whole number values like 20.0, 100.0, etc. Zoom to Fit uses -100 as a marker. getFillTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the fill transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getFillTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the fill transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getFillBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the fill blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getFillBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the fill blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the line transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineTransparency(["name"]) -> float Returns the line transparency of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. getLineBlendmode(["name"]) -> integer Returns the line blendmode of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. setLayerLocked("layer", locked) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If locked is set to true the layer will be locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerLocked("layer", locked) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If locked is set to true the layer will be locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerLocked("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is locked or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is editable, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerLocked("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is locked or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is editable, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is locked. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerOutlined("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is outlined or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is outlined, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is normal. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerOutlined("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is outlined or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is outlined, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is normal. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerFlow("layer") -> bool Returns whether text flows around objects on layer "layer", a value of True means that text flows around, a value of False means that the text does not flow around. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerFlow("layer") -> bool Returns whether text flows around objects on layer "layer", a value of True means that text flows around, a value of False means that the text does not flow around. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerBlendmode("layer") -> int Returns the "layer" layer blendmode, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerBlendmode("layer") -> int Returns the "layer" layer blendmode, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerTransparency("layer") -> float Returns the "layer" layer transparency, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. getLayerTransparency("layer") -> float Returns the "layer" layer transparency, May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. textFlowMode("name" [, state]) Enables/disables "Text Flows Around Frame" feature for object "name". Called with parameters string name and optional int "state" (0 <= state <= 3). Setting "state" to 0 will disable text flow. Setting "state" to 1 will make text flow around object frame. Setting "state" to 2 will make text flow around bounding box. Setting "state" to 3 will make text flow around contour line. If "state" is not passed, text flow is toggled. textFlowMode("name" [, state]) Enables/disables "Text Flows Around Frame" feature for object "name". Called with parameters string name and optional int "state" (0 <= state <= 3). Setting "state" to 0 will disable text flow. Setting "state" to 1 will make text flow around object frame. Setting "state" to 2 will make text flow around bounding box. Setting "state" to 3 will make text flow around contour line. If "state" is not passed, text flow is toggled. duplicateObject(["name"]) -> string creates a Duplicate of the selected Object (or Selection Group). duplicateObject(["name"]) -> string creates a Duplicate of the selected Object (or Selection Group). setInfo("author", "info", "description") -> bool Sets the document information. "Author", "Info", "Description" are strings. setInfo("author", "info", "description") -> bool Sets the document information. "Author", "Info", "Description" are strings. getPageType() -> integer Returns the type of the Page, 0 means left Page, 1 is a middle Page and 2 is a right Page getPageType() -> integer Returns the type of the Page, 0 means left Page, 1 is a middle Page and 2 is a right Page getTextLines(["name"]) -> integer Returns the number of lines of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextLines(["name"]) -> integer Returns the number of lines of the text in the text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. defineColor("name", c, m, y, k) Defines a new color "name". The color Value is defined via four components: c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Color components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise ValueError if an invalid color name is specified. defineColor("name", c, m, y, k) Defines a new colour "name". The colour Value is defined via four components: c = Cyan, m = Magenta, y = Yellow and k = Black. Colour components should be in the range from 0 to 255. May raise ValueError if an invalid colour name is specified. getCornerRadius(["name"]) -> integer Returns the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getCornerRadius(["name"]) -> integer Returns the corner radius of the object "name". The radius is expressed in points. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getPosition(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple with the position of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The position is expressed in the actual measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. getPosition(["name"]) -> (x,y) Returns a (x, y) tuple with the position of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The position is expressed in the actual measurement unit of the document - see UNIT_<type> for reference. rotateObjectAbs(rot [, "name"]) Sets the rotation of the object "name" to "rot". Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. rotateObjectAbs(rot [, "name"]) Sets the rotation of the object "name" to "rot". Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLayerPrintable("layer", printable) Sets the layer "layer" to be printable or not. If is the printable set to false the layer won't be printed. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerPrintable("layer", printable) Sets the layer "layer" to be printable or not. If is the printable set to false the layer won't be printed. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerVisible("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is visible or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is visible, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. isLayerVisible("layer") -> bool Returns whether the layer "layer" is visible or not, a value of True means that the layer "layer" is visible, a value of False means that the layer "layer" is invisible. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. insertText("text", pos, ["name"]) Inserts the text "text" at the position "pos" into the text frame "name". Text must be UTF encoded (see setText() as reference) The first character has an index of 0. Inserting text at position -1 appends it to the frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May throw IndexError for an insertion out of bounds. insertText("text", pos, ["name"]) Inserts the text "text" at the position "pos" into the text frame "name". Text must be UTF encoded (see setText() as reference) The first character has an index of 0. Inserting text at position -1 appends it to the frame. If "name" is not given the currently selected Item is used. May throw IndexError for an insertion out of bounds. setMargins(lr, rr, tr, br) Sets the margins of the document, Qt::DockLeft(lr), Qt::DockRight(rr), Qt::DockTop(tr) and Qt::DockBottom(br) margins are given in the measurement units of the document - see UNIT_<type> constants. setMargins(lr, rr, tr, br) Sets the margins of the document, Qt::DockLeft(lr), Qt::DockRight(rr), Qt::DockTop(tr) and Qt::DockBottom(br) margins are given in the measurement units of the document - see UNIT_<type> constants. setLayerOutlined("layer", outline) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If outline is set to true the layer will be displayed outlined. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerOutlined("layer", outline) Sets the layer "layer" to be locked or not. If outline is set to true the layer will be displayed outlined. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerFlow("layer", flow) Sets the layers "layer" flowcontrol to flow. If flow is set to true text in layers above this one will flow around objects on this layer. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerFlow("layer", flow) Sets the layers "layer" flowcontrol to flow. If flow is set to true text in layers above this one will flow around objects on this layer. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerBlendmode("layer", blend) Sets the layers "layer" blendmode to blend. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerBlendmode("layer", blend) Sets the layers "layer" blendmode to blend. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerTransparency("layer", trans) Sets the layers "layer" transparency to trans. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setLayerTransparency("layer", trans) Sets the layers "layer" transparency to trans. May raise NotFoundError if the layer can't be found. May raise ValueError if the layer name isn't acceptable. setFillTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the fill transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the fill transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the fill blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setFillBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the fill blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the line transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineTransparency(transparency, ["name"]) Sets the line transparency of the object "name" to transparency If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the line blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. setLineBlendmode(blendmode, ["name"]) Sets the line blendmode of the object "name" to blendmode If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. placeEPS("filename", x, y) Places the EPS "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the EPS placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported EPS placeEPS("filename", x, y) Places the EPS "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the EPS placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported EPS placeSXD("filename", x, y) Places the SXD "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SXD placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SXD placeSXD("filename", x, y) Places the SXD "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the SXD placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported SXD placeODG("filename", x, y) Places the ODG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the ODG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported ODG placeODG("filename", x, y) Places the ODG "filename" onto the current page, x and y specify the coordinate of the topleft corner of the ODG placed on the page If loading was successful, the selection contains the imported ODG fileDialog("caption", ["filter", "defaultname", haspreview, issave, isdir]) -> string with filename Shows a File Open dialog box with the caption "caption". Files are filtered with the filter string "filter". A default filename or file path can also supplied, leave this string empty when you don't want to use it. A value of True for haspreview enables a small preview widget in the FileSelect box. When the issave parameter is set to True the dialog acts like a "Save As" dialog otherwise it acts like a "File Open Dialog". When the isdir parameter is True the dialog shows and returns only directories. The default for all of the optional parameters is False. The filter, if specified, takes the form 'comment (*.type *.type2 ...)'. For example 'Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)'. Refer to the Qt-Documentation for QFileDialog for details on filters. Example: fileDialog('Open input', 'CSV files (*.csv)') Example: fileDialog('Save report', defaultname='report.txt', issave=True) fileDialog("caption", ["filter", "defaultname", haspreview, issave, isdir]) -> string with filename Shows a File Open dialog box with the caption "caption". Files are filtered with the filter string "filter". A default filename or file path can also supplied, leave this string empty when you don't want to use it. A value of True for haspreview enables a small preview widget in the FileSelect box. When the issave parameter is set to True the dialog acts like a "Save As" dialog otherwise it acts like a "File Open Dialog". When the isdir parameter is True the dialog shows and returns only directories. The default for all of the optional parameters is False. The filter, if specified, takes the form 'comment (*.type *.type2 ...)'. For example 'Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)'. Refer to the Qt-Documentation for QFileDialog for details on filters. Example: fileDialog('Open input', 'CSV files (*.csv)') Example: fileDialog('Save report', defaultname='report.txt', issave=True) getLineJoin(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line join style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The join types are: JOIN_BEVEL, JOIN_MITTER, JOIN_ROUND getLineJoin(["name"]) -> integer (see constants) Returns the line join style of the object "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. The join types are: JOIN_BEVEL, JOIN_MITTER, JOIN_ROUND rotateObject(rot [, "name"]) Rotates the object "name" by "rot" degrees relatively. The object is rotated by the vertex that is currently selected as the rotation point - by default, the top left vertex at zero rotation. Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation when the default rotation point is used. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. rotateObject(rot [, "name"]) Rotates the object "name" by "rot" degrees relatively. The object is rotated by the vertex that is currently selected as the rotation point - by default, the top left vertex at zero rotation. Positive values mean counter clockwise rotation when the default rotation point is used. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. gotoPage(nr) Moves to the page "nr" (that is, makes the current page "nr"). Note that gotoPage doesn't (currently) change the page the user's view is displaying, it just sets the page that script commands will operates on. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range. gotoPage(nr) Moves to the page "nr" (that is, makes the current page "nr"). Note that gotoPage doesn't (currently) change the page the user's view is displaying, it just sets the page that script commands will operates on. May raise IndexError if the page number is out of range. setPDFBookmark("toggle", ["name"]) Sets whether (toggle = 1) the text frame "name" is a bookmark nor not. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame setPDFBookmark("toggle", ["name"]) Sets whether (toggle = 1) the text frame "name" is a bookmark nor not. If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame moveSelectionToFront() Moves current selection to front. moveSelectionToFront()Moves current selection to front. moveSelectionToFront() Moves current selection to back. moveSelectionToFront()Moves current selection to back. importPage("fromDoc", (pageList), [create, imortwhere, importwherePage]) Imports a set of pages (given as a tuple) from an existing document (the file name must be given). This functions maps the "Page->Import" dropdown menu function. fromDoc: string; the filename of the document to import pages from pageList: tuple with page numbers of pages to import create: number; 0 to replace existing pages, 1 (default) to insert new pages importWhere: number; the page number (of the current document) at which import the pages importWherePage: number; used if create==1; 0 to create pages before selected page; 1 to create pages after selected page; 2 (default) to create pages at the end of the document importPage("fromDoc", (pageList), [create, imortwhere, importwherePage])Imports a set of pages (given as a tuple) from an existing document (the file name must be given). This functions maps the "Page->Import" dropdown menu function.fromDoc: string; the filename of the document to import pages frompageList: tuple with page numbers of pages to importcreate: number; 0 to replace existing pages, 1 (default) to insert new pagesimportWhere: number; the page number (of the current document) at which import the pagesimportWherePage: number; used if create==1; 0 to create pages before selected page; 1 to create pages after selected page; 2 (default) to create pages at the end of the document createCharStyle(...) Creates a character style. This function takes the following keyword parameters: "name" [required] -> name of the char style to create "font" [optional] -> name of the font to use fontsize [optional] -> font size to set (double) "features" [optional] -> nearer typographic details can be defined by a string that might contain the following phrases comma-seperated (without spaces!): -> inherit -> bold -> italic -> underline -> underlinewords -> strike -> superscript -> subscript -> outline -> shadowed -> allcaps -> smallcaps "fillcolor" [optional], "fillshade" [optional] -> specify fill options "strokecolor" [optional], "strokeshade" [optional] -> specify stroke options baselineoffset [optional] -> offset of the baseline shadowxoffset [optional], shadowyoffset [optional] -> offset of the shadow if used outlinewidth [optional] -> width of the outline if used underlineoffset [optional], underlinewidth [optional] -> underline options if used strikethruoffset [optional], strikethruwidth [optional] -> strikethru options if used scaleh [optional], scalev [optional] -> scale of the chars tracking [optional] -> tracking of the text "language" [optional] -> language code createCharStyle(...)Creates a character style. This function takes the following keyword parameters:"name" [required] -> name of the char style to create"font" [optional] -> name of the font to usefontsize [optional] -> font size to set (double)"features" [optional] -> nearer typographic details can be defined by a string that might contain the following phrases comma-seperated (without spaces!):-> inherit-> bold-> italic-> underline-> underlinewords-> strike-> superscript-> subscript-> outline-> shadowed-> allcaps-> smallcaps"fillcolour" [optional], "fillshade" [optional] -> specify fill options"strokecolour" [optional], "strokeshade" [optional] -> specify stroke optionsbaselineoffset [optional] -> offset of the baselineshadowxoffset [optional], shadowyoffset [optional] -> offset of the shadow if usedoutlinewidth [optional] -> width of the outline if usedunderlineoffset [optional], underlinewidth [optional] -> underline options if usedstrikethruoffset [optional], strikethruwidth [optional] -> strikethru options if usedscaleh [optional], scalev [optional] -> scale of the charstracking [optional] -> tracking of the text"language" [optional] -> language code hyphenateText(["name"]) -> bool Does hyphenation on text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame hyphenateText(["name"]) -> boolDoes hyphenation on text frame "name".If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used.May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame dehyphenateText(["name"]) -> bool Does dehyphenation on text frame "name". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame dehyphenateText(["name"]) -> boolDoes dehyphenation on text frame "name".If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used.May raise WrongFrameTypeError if the target frame is not a text frame scrollDocument(x,y) Scroll the document in main GUI window by x and y. scrollDocument(x,y)Scroll the document in main GUI window by x and y. createParagraphStyle(...) Creates a paragraph style. This function takes the following keyword parameters: "name" [required] -> specifies the name of the paragraphstyle to create linespacingmode [optional] -> specifies the linespacing mode; possible modes are: fixed linespacing: 0 automatic linespacing: 1 baseline grid linespacing: 2 linespacing [optional] -> specifies the linespacing if using fixed linespacing alignment [optional] -> specifies the alignment of the paragraph -> left: 0 -> center: 1 -> right: 2 -> justify: 3 -> extend: 4 leftmargin [optional], rightmargin [optional] -> specify the margin gapbefore [optional], gapafter [optional] -> specify the gaps to the heading and following paragraphs firstindent [optional] -> the indent of the first line hasdropcap [optional] -> specifies if there are caps (1 = yes, 0 = no) dropcaplines [optional] -> height (in lines) of the caps if used dropcapoffset [optional] -> offset of the caps if used "charstyle" [optional] -> char style to use createParagraphStyle(...)Creates a paragraph style. This function takes the following keyword parameters:"name" [required] -> specifies the name of the paragraphstyle to createlinespacingmode [optional] -> specifies the linespacing mode; possible modes are:fixed linespacing: 0automatic linespacing: 1baseline grid linespacing: 2linespacing [optional] -> specifies the linespacing if using fixed linespacingalignment [optional] -> specifies the alignment of the paragraph-> left: 0-> center: 1-> right: 2-> justify: 3-> extend: 4leftmargin [optional], rightmargin [optional] -> specify the margingapbefore [optional], gapafter [optional] -> specify the gaps to the heading and following paragraphsfirstindent [optional] -> the indent of the first linehasdropcap [optional] -> specifies if there are caps (1 = yes, 0 = no)dropcaplines [optional] -> height (in lines) of the caps if useddropcapoffset [optional] -> offset of the caps if used"charstyle" [optional] -> char style to use getTextDistances(["name"]) -> tuple Returns the text distances of the text frame "name" expressed in points. The distances are returned as a tuple like (left, right, top, bottom). If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. getTextDistances(["name"]) -> tupleReturns the text distances of the text frame "name" expressed in points. Thedistances are returned as a tuple like (left, right, top, bottom). If "name"is not given the currently selected item is used. setTextDistances(left, right, top, bottom, ["name"]) Sets the text distances of the text frame "name" to the values "left" "right", "top" and "bottom". If "name" is not given the currently selected item is used. May throw ValueError if any of the distances are out of bounds (must be positive). setTextDistances(left, right, top, bottom, ["name"])Sets the text distances of the text frame "name" to the values "left""right", "top" and "bottom". If "name" is not given the currentlyselected item is used.May throw ValueError if any of the distances are out of bounds (must be positive). AIPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Group%1 Gruppo%1 Generating Items Generazione elementi About Contributions from: Collaborazione di: &About &Informazioni A&uthors A&utori &Translations &Traduzioni &Online &Online &Close &Chiudi Development Team: Team di sviluppo: Haiku Port: Versione per Haiku: Official Documentation: Documentazione ufficiale: Other Documentation: Altra documentazione: Homepage Sito web Online Reference Documentazione online Bugs and Feature Requests Segnalazioni errori e richiesta nuove funzioni Mailing List Lista di discussione Official Translations and Translators: Traduzioni e traduttori ufficiali: Previous Translation Contributors: Collaboratori traduzioni precedenti: About Scribus %1 Informazioni su Scribus %1 Wiki Wiki %1 %2 %3 %1 %2 %3 %3-%2-%1 %4 %5 %3-%2-%1 %4 %5 Using Ghostscript version %1 Uso versione %1 di Ghostscript No Ghostscript version available Nessuna versione Ghostscript disponibile Build ID: Build ID: Mac OS&#174; X Aqua Port: Versione per Mac OS&#174; X Aqua: Windows&#174; Port: Versione per Windows&#174;: Tango Project Icons: Icone Progetto Tango: &Updates A&ggiornamenti Check for &Updates Check for &Updates Check for updates to Scribus. No data from your machine will be transferred off it. Controlla la disponibilità di aggiornamenti per Scribus. Nessun dato sarà trasferito dal tuo computer. OS/2&#174;/eComStation&#8482; Port: Versione per OS/2&#174;/eComStation&#8482;: Splash Screen: Schermata d'avvio: This panel shows the version, build date and compiled in library support in Scribus. Questo pannello mostra la versione, la data della build e le librerie utilizzate durante la compilazione di Scribus. The C-C-T-F equates to C=littlecms C=CUPS T=TIFF support F=Fontconfig support.Last Letter is the renderer C=cairo or Q=Qt I simboli C-C-T-F equivalgono ai seguenti supporti: C=littlecms C=CUPS T=TIFF F=Fontconfig. L'ultima lettera indica il motore di rendering C=cairo o Q=Qt Missing library support is indicated by a *. This also indicates the version of Ghostscript which Scribus has detected. La mancanza di supporto per una libreria è indicata da un asterisco (*). Viene inoltre indicata la versione di Ghostscript rilevata da Scribus. The Windows version does not use fontconfig or CUPS libraries. La versione per Windows non utilizza fontconfig né le librerie CUPS. <p align="center"><b>%1 %2</b></p><p align="center">%3<br>%4 %5<br>%6</p> <p align="center"><b>%1 %2</b></p><p align="center">%3<br>%4 %5<br>%6</p> Scribus Version Versione di Scribus Check for Updates Controlla aggiornamenti Abort Update Check Annulla controllo aggiornamenti Developer Blog Blog degli sviluppatori &Licence &Licenza Unable to open licence file. Please check your install directory or the Scribus website for licencing information. Impossibile aprire il file della licenza. Si prega di controllare la cartella di installazione o il sito web di Scribus per informazioni sulla licenza. Doc Translators: Traduttori della documentazione: Webmasters: Webmaster: Unable to open %1 file. Please check your install directory or the Scribus website for %1 information. Impossibile aprire il file %1. Si prega di controllare la cartella di installazione o il sito web di Scribus per informazioni su %1. AboutPlugins Filename: Nome file: Version: Versione: Enabled: Abilitato: Release Date: Data rilascio: Description: Descrizione: Author(s): Autore(i): Copyright: Copyright: License: Licenza: Scribus: About Plug-ins Scribus: Informazioni su estensioni ActionManager &Image Effects Effetti &immagine &Tabulators... &Tabulatori... &New &Nuovo &Open... A&pri... &Close &Chiudi &Save &Salva Save &As... Salva c&ome... Re&vert to Saved Ritorna al documento sal&vato Collect for O&utput... Ra&ggruppa per l'output... Get Text... Carica testo... Append &Text... Accoda &Testo... Get Image... Carica immagine... Save &Text... Salva il &Testo... Save as P&DF... Salva come P&DF... Document &Setup... Impostazioni do&cumento... &Print... Stam&pa... &Quit &Esci &Undo Ann&ulla &Redo &Ripristina &Item Action Mode Modalità cronologia a&zioni Cu&t &Taglia &Copy &Copia &Paste Inco&lla Paste Image from Clipboard Incolla immagine dagli Appunti Select &All Seleziona t&utto &Deselect All &Deseleziona tutto &Search/Replace... &Trova/Sostituisci... C&olors... C&olori... Marks... Note... Notes Styles... Stili note... &Master Pages... Pagine &mastro... P&references... Pr&eferenze... %1 pt %1 pt &Other... A&ltro... &Left Sinist&ra &Center &Centro &Right &Destra &Block &Giustificato &Forced &Forzato &%1 % &%1 % &Normal &Normale &Underline &Sottolineato Underline &Words Sottolinea &parole &Strike Through &Barrato &All Caps &Tutto maiuscolo Small &Caps Maius&coletto Su&perscript Ap&ice Su&bscript Pe&dice D&uplicate Du&plica &Multiple Duplicate Duplicazione &multipla &Transform &Trasforma &Delete &Elimina &Group Ragg&ruppa &Ungroup &Separa Is &Locked B&loccato Si&ze is Locked &Dimensione bloccata Lower to &Bottom Metti in fon&do Raise to &Top Metti in pri&mo piano &Lower A&bbassa &Raise Al&za Send to S&crapbook Aggiungi alla &biblioteca &Attributes... &Attributi... I&mage Visible I&mmagine visibile Insert Rows... Inserisci righe... Insert Columns... Inserisci colonne... Delete Rows Elimina righe Delete Columns Elimina colonne Merge Cells Unisci celle Split Cells... Dividi celle... Set Row Heights... Imposta altezza riga... Set Column Widths... Imposta larghezza colonna... Distribute Rows Evenly Ripartisci uniformemente righe Distribute Columns Evenly Ripartisci uniformemente colonne Adjust Frame to Table Adatta cornice alla tabella Adjust Table to Frame Adatta tabella alla cornice Adjust Frame Height to Text Adatta altezza cornice al testo Embed Image Incorpora immagine Is PDF &Bookmark Segnali&bro PDF Is PDF A&nnotation A&nnotazione PDF Annotation P&roperties P&roprietà annotazione Field P&roperties P&roprietà campo &Edit Shape... M&odifica forma... &Attach Text to Path Un&isci testo a tracciato &Detach Text from Path S&epara testo da tracciato &Combine Polygons &Combina poligoni Split &Polygons Dividi poli&goni &Bezier Curve Curva di Bé&zier &Image Frame Cornice i&mmagine &Polygon &Poligono &Text Frame Cornice di &testo &Symbol &Simbolo Unweld items Elimina saldatura elementi Weld items Salda elementi Edit weld item Modifica elemento saldato &Frames... &Cornici... &Glyph... G&lifi... Sample Text Testo di esempio Anchor Mark Nota di riferimento Variable Text Testo variabile Reference to Item Riferimento a oggetto Reference to Mark Riferimento a nota Foot/Endnote Note a piè pagina/di chiusura Edit Mark Modifica nota Update Marks Aggiorna note &Insert... &Inserisci... Im&port... Im&porta... &Delete... &Elimina... &Copy... &Copia... &Move... &Sposta... &Apply Master Page... &Applica pagina mastro... Manage &Guides... &Gestione linee guida... &50% &50% &75% &75% &100% &100% &200% &200% Show &Margins Mostra &margini Show &Frames Mostra &cornici Show &Images Mostra &immagini Show &Grid Mostra &griglia Show G&uides Mostra g&uide Show &Baseline Grid Mostra griglia tipogra&fica Show &Text Chain Most&ra collegamenti cornici Sn&ap to Grid Aggancia a&lla griglia Sna&p to Guides Agga&ncia alle guide Snap to Items Aggancia agli elementi &Properties &Proprietà &Scrapbook &Biblioteca &Layers &Livelli &Bookmarks Segnali&bri Action &History Cronologia a&zioni Preflight &Verifier &Verifica preliminare &Tools &Strumenti P&DF Tools Strumenti P&DF Select Item Seleziona elemento Rotate Item Ruota elemento Zoom in or out Zoom avanti o indietro Zoom in Zoom avanti Zoom out Zoom indietro Edit Contents of Frame Modifica contenuto cornice Link Text Frames Collega cornici di testo Unlink Text Frames Scollega cornici di testo &Eye Dropper S&elettore colore Copy Item Properties Copia proprietà elemento &Manage Pictures &Manage Pictures &Hyphenate Text &Testo sillabato &Generate Table Of Contents &Genera sommario &About Scribus Informazioni su &Scribus About &Qt Informazioni su &Qt Toolti&ps Su&ggerimenti Scribus &Manual... &Manuale di Scribus... Smart &Hyphen Sillaba&zione manuale Non Breaking &Space Spazio pro&tetto Page &Number Nume&ro pagina Copyright Copyright Registered Trademark Marchio registrato Trademark Marchio depositato Bullet Punto nero Em Dash Trattino lungo En Dash Trattino medio Figure Dash Trattino numerico Quotation Dash Trattino citazione Toggle Palettes Mostra tavolozze S&hadow Ombre&ggiato &Low Resolution &Bassa risoluzione &Normal Resolution Risolu&zione normale &Full Resolution Alta riso&luzione Edit Image... Modifica immagine... &Update Image Ag&giorna Immagine Adjust Frame to Image Adatta cornice all'immagine Extended Image Properties Ulteriori proprietà immagini Show Control Characters Mostra caratteri di controllo &Align and Distribute &Allinea e distribuisci Edit Text... Modifica testo... New Line Interruzione riga Frame Break Interruzione cornice Column Break Interruzione colonna Non Breaking Dash Trattino protetto Toggle Guides Mostra guide &Arrange Pages &Disposizione pagine Dehyphenate Text Togli sillabazione Manage Page Properties... Gestione proprietà pagina... Rulers relative to Page Rulers relative to Page Print Previe&w Anteprima di &stampa &JavaScripts... &JavaScript... Convert to Master Page... Converti in pagina mastro... &Cascade S&ovrapposte &Tile A&ffiancate &About Plug-ins &About Plug-ins More Info... Ulteriori informazioni... &Printing Enabled Stam&pa abilitata Colors and Fills... Colori e Riempimenti... Adjust Group Adatta raggruppamento &Flip Horizontally Ri&fletti &Flip Vertically Ri&balta Patterns Motivi Inline Items Elementi in linea Unweld Items Elimina saldatura elementi Weld Items Salda elementi Edit Welded Item Modifica elementi saldati Show Rulers Mostra righelli &Outline Document Outline Palette Sc&hema documento Inline Frames Cornici in linea Solidus Barra obliqua Middle Dot Punto mediano En Space Semi-spazio Em Space Spazio lungo Thin Space Spazio sottile Thick Space Spazio spesso Mid Space Spazio medio Hair Space Spazio ultrasottile ff ff fi fi fl fl ffi ffi ffl ffl ft ft st st S&tyles... S&tili... &Outline type effect &Contornato &Outlines Convert to oulines C&ontorni Paste (&Absolute) Incolla (&Assoluto) C&lear Pu&lisci Insert PDF Push Button Inserisci bottone PDF Insert PDF Text Field Inserisci campo di testo PDF Insert PDF Check Box Inserisci casella di controllo PDF Insert PDF Combo Box Inserisci casella combinata PDF Insert PDF List Box Inserisci lista PDF Insert Text Annotation Inserisci annotazione PDF Insert Link Annotation Inserisci annotazione collegamento Save as &EPS... Salva pagina in &EPS... Show Text Frame Columns Mostra colonne della cornice di testo &Frame... &Cornice... Preview Mode Anteprima Show Layer Indicators Mostra indicatori livello Patterns... Motivi... Send to Patterns Invia ai motivi Sticky Tools Adesivi? Strumenti adesivi &Fit to Height &Adatta altezza Fit to Width Adatta larghezza Show Bleeds Mostra margini rifilatura &Measurements &Misure Symbols Simboli Unlink Text Frame with Text Copy Scollega cornici di testo con copia testo Unlink Text Frame with Text Cut Scollega cornici di testo con divisione testo Insert Arc Inserisci arco Insert Spiral Inserisci spirale Insert Calligraphic Line Inserisci linea calligrafica Insert PDF Radio Button Inserici radio button PDF Insert 3D Annotation Inserisci annotazione 3D &Update Document &Aggiorna documento Test Qt Quick Testa Qt Quick Copy Copia Cut Taglia Paste Incolla Redo Ripristina Undo Annulla Close the current document Chiudi il documento corrente Export the document to PDF Esporta il documento come PDF Create a new document Crea un nuovo documento Open an existing document Apri un documento esistente Print the document Stampa il documento Save the current document Salva il documento corrente Copy item properties Copia proprietà elemento Edit contents of a frame Modifica contenuti di una cornice Edit text in the Story Editor Modifica testo nell'Editor interno Eye Dropper Selettore colore Insert an arc Inserisci un arco Insert a bezier curve Inserisci una curva di Bézier Insert a calligraphic line Inserisci una linea calligrafica Insert a freehand line Inserisci una linea a mano libera Insert an image frame Inserisci una cornice immagine Insert a line Inserisci una linea Insert a polygon Inserisci un poligono Insert a render frame Inserisci una cornice rendering Insert a shape Inserisci una forma Insert a spiral Inserisci una spirale Insert a table Inserisci una tabella Insert a text frame Inserisci una cornice di testo Link text frames Collega cornici di testo Measurements Misure Insert link annotation Inserisci annotazione collegamento Insert text annotation Inserisci annotazione PDF Insert PDF check box Inserisci casella di controllo PDF Insert PDF combo box Inserisci casella combinata PDF Insert PDF list box Inserisci lista PDF Insert PDF push button Inserisci bottone PDF Insert PDF radio button Inserisci radio button PDF Insert PDF text field Inserisci campo di testo PDF Analyse the document for issues prior to exporting to PDF Analizza il documento per effettuare una verifica preliminare dell'esportazione come PDF Rotate an item Ruota un oggetto Select an item Seleziona un elemento Unlink text frames Scollega cornici di testo Insert 3D annotation PDF Inserisci annotazione 3D Soft &Hyphen Trattino &opzionale &Zero Width Space Spa&zio larghezza zero Zero Width NB Space Spazio protetto di larghezza zero Apostrophe Unicode 0x0027 Apostrofo Straight Double Unicode 0x0022 Virgolette semplici Single Left Unicode 0x2018 Virgoletta sx Single Right Unicode 0x2019 Virgoletta dx Double Left Unicode 0x201C Virgolette inglesi sx Double Right Unicode 0x201D Virgolette inglesi dx Single Reversed Unicode 0x201B Virgoletta ribaltata Double Reversed Unicode 0x201F Virgolette ribaltate Single Left Guillemet Unicode 0x2039 Virgoletta caporale sx (<) Single Right Guillemet Unicode 0x203A Virgoletta caporale dx (>) Double Left Guillemet Unicode 0x00AB Virgolette caporali sx («) Double Right Guillemet Unicode 0x00BB Virgolette caporali dx (») Low Single Comma Unicode 0x201A Virgoletta bassa (,) Low Double Comma Unicode 0x201E Virgolette basse (,,) CJK Single Left Unicode 0x300C Apostrofo sx CJK CJK Single Right Unicode 0x300D Apostrofo dx CJK CJK Double Left Unicode 0x300E Virgolette sx CJK CJK Double Right Unicode 0x300F Virgolette dx CJK &400% &400% Edit Latex Source... Edit Latex Source... Insert &Text Frame Inserisci cornice di &testo Insert &Image Frame Inserisci cor&nice immagine Insert &Latex Frame Insert &Latex Frame Insert T&able Inserisci t&abella Insert &Shape Inserisci &forma Insert &Polygon Inserisci poli&gono Insert &Line Inserisci &Linea Insert &Bezier Curve Inserisci curva di Bé&zier Insert &Freehand Line Inserisci linea a &mano libera Scribus Homepage Sito web di Scribus Scribus Online Documentation Documentazione online di Scribus Scribus Wiki Wiki di Scribus Getting Started with Scribus Primi passi con Scribus Show Context Menu Mostra menù contestuale &Manage Images &Gestione immagini &About Plugins Inform&azioni su estensioni Insert Unicode Character Begin Sequence Inserisci sequenza iniziale di caratteri unicode Get Vector File... Carica file vettoriale... Advanced Select All... Seleziona tutto avanzato... Edit Source... Modifica codice sorgente come cornici LaTeX Modifica sorgente... Replace Colors... Sostituisci colori... Rulers Relative to Page Righelli relativi alla pagina Insert &Render Frame Inse&risci cornice rendering Check for Updates Controlla aggiornamenti Number of Pages Numero di pagine Adjust Image to Frame Adatta immagine alla cornice Move/Resize value indicator Move/Resize value indicator File File &File &File Edit Modifica &Edit &Modifica Style Stile &Style &Stile Item Elemento &Item E&lemento Insert Inserisci I&nsert &Inserisci Page Pagina &Page &Pagina View Vista &View &Vista Table Tabella &Table &Tabella Extras Utilità E&xtras &Utilità Windows Finestre &Windows Fi&nestre Help Aiuto &Help &Aiuto Plugin Menu Items Elementi menù estensioni Others Altri Unicode Characters Caratteri Unicode Move/Resize Value Indicator Indicatore valore di spostamento/ridimensionamento New &from Template... Nuovo &da modello... AdjustCmsDialog CMS Settings Impostazioni CMS AlignDistribute DockWidget Ancora pannello Align Allinea &Selected Guide: Guida &selezionata: &Relative To: Rela&tivo a: &Align Sides By: &Allinea lati mediante: ... ... Distribute Distribuisci &Distance: &Distanza: Reverse Distribution Inverti direzione distribuzione Swap Scambia posizioni AlignDistributePalette Align and Distribute Allinea e distribuisci &Relative to: &Relativo a: First Selected Primo selezionato Last Selected Ultimo selezionato Page Pagina Margins Margini Selection Selezione &Align Sides By: &Allinea lati mediante: Align bottoms Allinea i lati inferiori Align right sides Allinea i lati destri Center on vertical axis Centra sull'asse verticale Align left sides Allinea i lati sinistri Center on horizontal axis Centra sull'asse orizzontale Align tops Allinea i lati superiori Distribute left sides equidistantly Rendi i lati sinistri equidistanti Distribute bottoms equidistantly Rendi i lati inferiori equidistanti Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally Rendi i centri equidistanti orizzontalmente Distribute centers equidistantly vertically Rendi i centri equidistanti verticalmente Distribute tops equidistantly Rendi i lati superiori equidistanti Distribute right sides equidistantly Rendi i lati destri equidistanti Guide Guida Move Sposta Resize Ridimensiona <qt>When aligning one side of an item do one of the following:<ul><li>Always move the other side too (preserve existing width and height)</li><li>Keep the other side fixed (resize the item instead of moving it) whenever possible</li></ul></qt> <qt>Allinea un lato di un elemento con una delle seguenti modalità:<ul><li>sposta sempre anche l'altro lato (mantieni larghezza e altezza)</li><li>tieni fisso l'altro lato (ridimensiona l'elemento invece di spostarlo) quando possibile</li></ul></qt> &Selected Guide: Guida &selezionata: &Distance: &Distanza: Distribute the items with the distance specified Distribuisci gli elementi con la distanza specificata When distributing by a set distance, reverse the direction of the distribution of items In caso di distribuzione con distanza prefissata, inverti la direzione della distribuzione degli elementi None Selected Nessuna selezionata Swap items to the left Scambia posizioni verso sinistra Swap items to the right Scambia posizioni verso destra Y: %1%2 Y: %1%2 X: %1%2 X: %1%2 Align right sides of items to left side of anchor Allinea i lati destri degli oggetti al lato sinistro dell'ancora Align left sides of items to right side of anchor Allinea i lati sinistri degli oggetti al lato destro dell'ancora Align tops of items to bottom of anchor Allinea i lati superiori degli oggetti al lato inferiore dell'ancora Align bottoms of items to top of anchor Allinea i lati inferiori degli oggetti al lato superiore dell'ancora Make horizontal gaps between items equal Rendi uguale la distanza orizzontale tra gli oggetti Make horizontal gaps between items equal to the value specified Fissa la distanza orizzontale tra gli oggetti al valore specificato Make vertical gaps between items equal Rendi uguale la distanza verticale tra gli oggetti Make vertical gaps between items equal to the value specified Fissa la distanza verticale tra gli oggetti al valore specificato Make horizontal gaps between items and sides of page equal Rendi uguale la distanza orizzontale tra gli oggetti Make vertical gaps between items and the top and bottom of page margins equal Rendi uguale la distanza verticale tra gli oggetti e i margini superiore e inferiore della pagina Make horizontal gaps between items and sides of page margins equal Rendi uguale la distanza orizzontale tra gli oggetti e i margini laterali della pagina Make vertical gaps between items and the top and bottom of page equal Rendi uguale la distanza verticale tra gli oggetti e i lati superiore e inferiore della pagina Align Allinea Distribute Distribuisci <qt>Align relative to the:<ul><li>First selected item</li><li>Second Selected Item</li><li>The current page</li><li>The margins of the current page</li><li>A Guide</li><li>The selection</ul></qt> <qt>Allinea relativamente a:<ul><li>Primo oggetto selezionato</li><li>Secondo oggetto selezionato</li><li>Pagina corrente</li><li>Margini della pagina corrente</li><li>Una guida</li><li>Selezione</ul></qt> The location of the selected guide to align to La posizione della guida selezionata a cui allineare AlignSelect Align Text Left Testo allineato a sinistra Align Text Right Testo allineato a destra Align Text Center Testo centrato Align Text Justified Testo giustificato Align Text Forced Justified Testo giustificato forzato Annot Field Properties Proprietà campo Type: Tipo: Button Bottone Text Field Campo di testo Check Box Casella di controllo Combo Box Casella combinata List Box Lista Properties Proprietà Name: Nome: Text Testo Border Bordo Color: Colore: None Nessuno Width: Larghezza: Thin Sottile Normal Normale Wide Spesso Style: Stile: Solid Continuo Dashed A trattini Underline Sottolineato Beveled Smussato Inset Incavato Other Altro Read Only Solo lettura Required Necessario Visibility: Visibilità: Visible Visibile Hidden Nascosto No Print Senza stampa No View Non mostrare Appearance Aspetto Text for Button Down Testo per bottone premuto Text for Roll Over Testo per scorrimento Icons Icone Use Icons Usa icone Remove Elimina Pressed Premuto Roll Over Scorrimento Icon Placement... Disposizione icone... Highlight Evidenziato Invert Inverti Outlined Contornato Push Premi Multi-Line Multilinea Password Parola d'ordine Limit of Limite di Characters Caratteri Do Not Scroll Non scorrere Do Not Spell Check Non verificare ortografia Check Style: Controlla stile: Check Controlla Cross Croce Diamond Diamante Circle Cerchio Star Stella Square Quadrato Default is Checked È selezionato di default Editable Modificabile Options Opzioni Go To Vai a Submit Form Invia modulo Reset Form Azzera modulo Import Data Importa dati Event: Evento: Mouse Up Bottone mouse rilasciato Mouse Down Bottone mouse premuto Mouse Enter Cursore dentro Mouse Exit Cursore fuori On Focus Al centro On Blur Intorno Script: Script: Edit... Modifica... Submit to URL: URL: Submit Data as HTML Submit Data as HTML Import Data from: Importa dati da: Destination Destinazione To File: Al file: Change... Cambia... Page: Pagina: X-Pos: Pos X: pt pt Y-Pos: Pos Y: Action Azione Field is formatted as: Campo formattato come: Plain Testo Number Numero Percentage Percentuale Date Data Time Ora Custom Pesonalizzato Number Format Formato numero Decimals: Decimali: Use Currency Symbol Usa simbolo valuta Prepend Currency Symbol Simbolo valuta Formatting Formattazione Percent Format Formato percentuale Date Format Formato data Time Format Formato ora Custom Scripts Script personalizzati Format: Format: Keystroke: Tasti da usare: Format Formato Value is not validated Valore non valido Value must be greater than or equal to: Il valore deve essere maggiore o uguale a: and less or equal to: e minore o uguale a: Custom validate script: Script di convalida personalizzato: Validate Convalida Value is not calculated Valore non calcolato Value is the Il valore è sum la somma product il prodotto average la media minimum il minimo maximum il massimo of the following fields: dei seguenti campi: Pick... Scegli... Custom calculation script: Script di calcolo personalizzato: Calculate Calcula OK OK Cancel Annulla Enter a comma separated list of fields here Inserisci qui una lista di campi separati da virgola You need at least the Icon for Normal to use Icons for Buttons È necessaria almeno l'icona normale per usare un icona come bottone Open Apri Example: Esempio: Selection Change Modifica selezione Font for use with PDF 1.3: Carattere da usare con PDF-1.3: Flag is ignored for PDF 1.3 Ignorato per PDF-1.3 PDF Files (*.pdf);;All Files (*) File PDF (*.pdf);;Tutti i file (*) JavaScript JavaScript None highlight Nessuno None action Nessuno Tooltip: Suggerimento: Do Not Export Value Non esportare valore Images (*.tif *.png *.jpg *.xpm);;PostScript (*.eps *.epsi);;All Files (*) Immagini (*.tif *.png *.jpg *.xpm);;PostScript (*.eps *.epsi);;Tutti i file (*) Images (*.tif *.png *.jpg *.xpm);;%1;;All Files (*) Immagini (*.tif *.png *.jpg *.xpm);;%1;;Yutti i file (*) Export absolute Filename Esporta il nome assoluto del file Submit format: Invia formato: FDF FDF HTML HTML XFDF XFDF PDF PDF Annota Annotation Properties Proprietà annotazioni Text Testo Link Collegamento External Link Collegamento esterno External Web-Link Collegamento web esterno Options Opzioni Icon: Icona: Note Nota Comment Commento Key Help Aiuto NewParagraph Nuovo paragrafo Paragraph Paragrafo Insert Inserisci Cross Croce Circle Cerchio Annotation is Open L'annotazione è aperta Destination Destinazione pt pt Open Apri &Type: &Tipo: C&hange... C&ambia... &Page: &Pagina: &X-Pos Pos &X &Y-Pos: Pos &Y: %1;;All Files (*) %1;;Tutti i File (*) Export absolute Filename Esporta il nome assoluto del file ApplyMasterPageDialog Apply Master Page Applica pagina mastro &Master Page: Pagina &mastro: Apply To Apply To Current &page Current &page Alt+P Alt+P &Even pages &Even pages Alt+E Alt+E O&dd pages O&dd pages Alt+D Alt+D &All pages &All pages Alt+A Alt+A &Within range &Within range Alt+W Alt+W to a Alt+O Alt+O Alt+C Alt+C Apply the selected master page to even, odd or all pages within the following range Applica la pagina mastro selezionata alle pagine pari, dispari o a tutte le pagine dell'intervallo seguente Possible Hyphenation Possibile sillabazione Apply to Applica a Current &Page &Pagina corrente &Even Pages Pagin&e pari O&dd Pages Pagine &dispari &All Pages Tutte le p&agine &Within Range Nell'inter&vallo ArcVectorBase Edit Arc Modifica arco Start Angle: Angolo iniziale: End Angle: Angolo finale: Height: Altezza: Width: Larghezza: End Edit Fine modifica ArcWidgetBase Form Arco Start Angle: Angolo iniziale: End Angle: Angolo finale: Sample Polygon Poligono d'esempio AspellPlugin Spell-checking support Supporto controllo ortografico Adds support for spell-checking via aspell. Languages can be chosen from among the installed aspell dictionaries, and spell-checking can be done on the fly, or on selected text. Aggiungi supporto per la sillabazione tramite Aspell. Le lingue possono essere scelte tra quelle dei dizionari aspell installati, e il controllo ortografico può essere effettuato al volo o sul testo selezionato. 0.1 0.1 Spell Checker Controllo ortografico Adds support for spell-checking via Aspell. Languages can be chosen from among the installed Aspell dictionaries, and spell-checking can be done on the fly, or on selected text. Aggiunge supporto per il controllo ortografico tramite Aspell. Le lingue possono essere scelte tra quelle dei dizionari Aspell installati, e il controllo ortografico può essere effettuato al volo o sul testo selezionato. Aspell Plugin Error Errore dell'estensione Aspell AspellPluginBase Spell Check Controllo ortografico Replacement: Sostituzione: The currently active dictionary. Scribus uses Aspell for dictionary support.<br />If you require updated or more dictionaries, you should install them via your system's installation system or package manager. Il dizionario attualmente attivo. Scribus utilizza i dizionari Aspell.<br />Se desiderate altri dizionari, o dizionari più aggiornati, dovreste installarli tramite il sistema di installazione o il gestore di pacchetti del vostro sistema. &Add Word &Aggiungi termine &Change &Cambia &Exit &Exit Not in Dictionary: Non nel dizionario: Word that was not found in the active dictionary Termine non trovato nel dizionario attivo Replacement text for the current word that was not found in the dictionary Testo sostitutivo per il termine corrente non trovato nel dizionario Active Dictionary: Dizionario attivo: The currently active dictionary. Scribus uses aspell for dictionary support.<br />If you require updated or more dictionaries, you should install them via your system's installation system or package manager. Il dizionario attivo corrente. Scribus utilizza aspell come supporto per il dizionario.</br>Nel caso si necessiti di aggiornamenti o di ulteriori dizionari, installarli tramite il vostro sistema o il vostro package manager. Ignore the current text not found in the active dictionary Ignora il testo corrente non trovato nel dizionario attivo &Ignore &Ignora Ignore all occurrences of the current text not found in the active dictionary Ignora tutte le occorrenze del testo attuale non trovato nel dizionario attivo I&gnore All I&gnora tutti Add the current word to the your personal spelling dictionary for future use Aggiungi il termine corrente al dizionario ortografico personalizzato per un futuro utilizzo Change the current word that was not found to that shown in the replacement entry field Cambia il termine corrente, non trovato, con quello mostrato nel campo di sostituzione Change all occurrences of the current word in the text that was not found to that shown in the replacement entry field Cambia tutte le occorrenze del termine attuale, non trovato, con quello mostrato nel campo di sostituzione Change A&ll C&ambia tutti Close Chiudi AspellPluginImpl Loaded Caricato default predefinito aspell dictionary. dizionario aspell. aspellplugin (AspellPluginImpl::AspellPluginImpl): Error in aspell speller configuration. aspellplugin (AspellPluginImpl::AspellPluginImpl): Errore nella configurazione aspell speller. aspellplugin (AspellPluginImpl::AspellPluginImpl): Error in creating aspell speller. aspellplugin (AspellPluginImpl::AspellPluginImpl): Errore nella creazione di aspell speller. AspellPluginImpl::on_fskipAllBtn_clicked(): Unable to skip all instances of " AspellPluginImpl::on_fskipAllBtn_clicked(): Impossibile saltare tutte le istanza di " by adding it to the session list. aggiungendolo alla lista della sessione. AspellPluginImpl::on_faddWordBtn_clicked(): Unable to add word to personal list. AspellPluginImpl::on_faddWordBtn_clicked(): Impossibile aggiungere il termine alla lista personale. Spelling check complete Controllo ortografico completo Aspell dictionary. Dizionario Aspell. Spell Checker Controllo ortografico No available Aspell dictionaries found. Install some, please. Non è stato trovato nessun dizionario Aspell. Si prega di installarne uno. Spell Checker Plugin Failed to Initialise. Configuration invalid Estensione per il controllo ortografico: inizializzazione non riuscita. Configurazione non valida Spell Checker Plugin Failed to Initialise. Estensione per il controllo ortografico: inizializzazione non riuscita. No Aspell dictionaries could be found. Non è stato trovato alcun dizionario Aspell. Do you want start from the beginning of the selection with new language selected? Si vuole cominciare dall'inizio della selezione con la nuova lingua selezionata? AutoformButtonGroup Arrows Frecce Flow Chart Diagramma di flusso Jigsaw Mosaico Specials Speciali Default Shapes Forme predefinite Barcode &Barcode Generator... &Barcode Generator... Scribus frontend for Pure Postscript Barcode Writer Scribus frontend for Pure Postscript Barcode Writer &Barcode... Codice a &Barre... Insert Barcode Inserisci codice a barre Scribus frontend for Pure PostScript Barcode Writer Interfaccia Scribus per elaborare codice a barre in puro Postscript BarcodeGenerator Error opening file: %1 Errore nell'apertura del file: %1 12 or 13 digits 12 o 13 cifre 8 digits 8 cifre 11 or 12 digits 11 o 12 cifre 7 or 8 digits 7 o 8 cifre 5 digits 5 cifre 2 digits 2 cifre Variable number of characters, digits and any of the symbols -. *$/+%. Numero variabile di caratteri, cifre e simboli -. *$/+%. Variable number of ASCII characters and special function symbols, starting with the appropriate start character for the initial character set. UCC/EAN-128s must have a mandatory FNC 1 symbol immediately following the start character. Numero variabile di caratteri ASCII e simboli per una funzione speciale, che comincia con un carattere iniziale appropriato per il set di caratteri. UCC/EAN-128s deve avere obbligatoriamente un simbolo FNC 1 che segue immediatamente il carattere iniziale. Variable number of digits and any of the symbols -$:/.+ABCD. Numero variabile di cifre e uno dei simboli -$:/.+ABCD. Variable number of digits. An ITF-14 is 14 characters and does not have a check digit Numero variabile di cifre. Un ITF-14 è composto di 14 caratteri e non ha una cifra di controllo Variable number of digits Numero variabile di cifre Variable number of digits and capital letters Numero variabile di cifre e lettere maiuscole Variable number of hexadecimal characters Numero variabile di caratteri esadecimali Variable number of characters, digits and any symbols. Numero variabile di caratteri, cifre e simboli. Barcode Codice a barre Barcode incomplete Codice incompleto 12 or 13 digits with dashes. The legacy ISBN-10 format accepts 9 or 10 digits with dashes, but this standard was depreciated for public use after 1st January 2007. (Note: To convert an old ISBN-10 to a new ISBN-13, prefix 978- to the first 9 digits, e.g. 1-56592-479-7 -> 978-1-56592-479. The final check-digit will be calculated automatically.) 12 o 13 cifre con trattini. Il vecchio formato ISBN-10 accetta 9 o 10 cifre con trattini, ma questo standard è stato deprecato per l'uso pubblico dal 1° gennaio 2007. (Nota: Per convertire un vecchio ISBN-10 in un nuovo ISBN-13, aggiungere la tripletta 978- all'inizio delle 9 cifre, es. 1-56592-479-7 -> 978-1-56592-479. La cifra finale di controllo sarà calcolata automaticamente.) Select Type Seleziona tipo Select Barcode Type Seleziona il tipo di codice a barre BarcodeGeneratorBase Barcode Creator Barcode Creator Barcode Barcode &Type: &Tipo: Select one of the available barcode type here Seleziona uno dei codici a barre disponibili The numeric representation of the code itself. See the help message below La rappresentazione numerica del codice. Vedere l'aiuto qui sotto Reset the barcode samples Impostazioni predefinite dei modelli di codici a barre &Include text in barcode &Include text in barcode Alt+I Alt+I If checked, there will be numbers in the barcode too Se marcato, il codice a barre conterrà anche dei numeri &Guard whitespace &Guard whitespace Alt+G Alt+G Draw arrows to be sure of space next the code Disegna frecce per lasciare spazio vicino al codice Colors Colori &Background S&fondo Alt+B Alt+F Background color - under the code lines Colore di sfondo - sotto le barre del codice &Lines &Linee Alt+L Alt+L Color of the lines in barcode Colore delle barre nel codice &Text &Testo Alt+T Alt+T Color of the text and numbers Colore del testo e dei numeri Hints and help is shown here Suggerimenti ed aiuto Preview of the result. 72dpi sample. Anteprima del codice a 72dpi. Co&de: C&odice: I&nclude checksum I&nclude checksum Alt+N Alt+N Generate and include a checksum in barcode Genera e includi un codice di controllo nel codice a barre Incl&ude checksum digit Incl&ude checksum digit Alt+U Alt+U Include the checksum digit in the barcode text Includi la cifra di controllo nel testo del codice a barre Insert Barcode Inserisci codice a barre Format Formato Incl&ude Checksum Digit Incl&udi cifra di controllo I&nclude Checksum I&ncludi codice di controllo &Guard Whitespace &Conserva gli spazi bianchi &Include Text in Barcode &Includi un testo nel codice a barre Options Opzioni &Format: &Formato: Error &checking: &Controllo errore: Minimum error checking; raised opportunistically if size of symbol is not increased Controllo errore minimo; aumentato opportunisticamente se la dimensione del simbolo non è incrementata Biblio Scrapbook Biblioteca Delete Elimina Object Oggetto New Entry Nuova voce Hide Directories Nascondi cartelle Open Directories in a new tab Apri cartelle in una nuova scheda Rename Rinomina &Name: &Nome: Name "%1" is not unique. Please choose another. Il nome "%1" non è univoco. Si prega di sceglierne un altro. Choose a Scrapbook Directory Scegli una cartella per la Biblioteca Choose a Directory Scegli una cartella Choose a scrapbook file to import Scegli un file biblioteca da importare Create a new scrapbook page Crea una nuova pagina di biblioteca Load an existing scrapbook Carica una biblioteca esistente Save the selected scrapbook Salva la biblioteca selezionata Import an scrapbook file from Scribus <=1.3.2 Importa un file biblioteca da Scribus <=1.3.2 Close the selected scrapbook Chiudi la biblioteca selezionata Copy To: Copia in: Move To: Sposta in: Main Principale Copied Items Elementi copiati New Name Nuovo nome Scrapbook (*.scs *.SCS) Biblioteca (*.scs *.SCS) Hide Directorys Nascondi cartelle Hide Images Nascondi immagini Hide Vector files Nascondi file vettoriali Open Directorys in a new tab Apri cartelle in una nuova scheda Paste to Page Incolla nella pagina Save as... Salva come... Close Chiudi Delete Contents Elimina contenuto Do you really want to delete all entries? Vuoi veramente eliminare tutte le voci? Go up one Directory Vai alla cartella superiore Import a scrapbook file from Scribus <=1.3.2 Importa un file biblioteca da Scribus <=1.3.2 Configure the scrapbook Configura la biblioteca BookPalette Bookmarks Segnalibri ButtonIcon Icon Placement Disposizione icone Layout: Aspetto: Caption only Solo intestazione Icon only Solo icona Caption below Icon Intestazione sotto icona Caption above Icon Intestazione sopra icona Caption right to Icon Intestazione a destra dell'icona Caption left to Icon Intestazione a sinistra dell'icona Caption overlays Icon Intestazione attraverso l'icona Scale: Scala: Always Sempre When Icon is too big Quando l'icona è troppo grande Never Mai Scale How: Riscala come: Proportional Proporzionale Non Proportional Non Proporzionale Icon Icona OK OK Cancel Annulla Reset Azzera When Icon is too small Quando l'icona è troppo piccola CMSPrefs System Profiles System Profiles Rendering Intents Rendering Intents Monitor profiles can only be changed when no documents are currently opened. I profili del monitor possono essere cambiati solo quando non vi sono documenti aperti. Perceptual Percettivo Relative Colorimetric Colorimetrico relativo Saturation Saturazione Absolute Colorimetric Colorimetrico assoluto Color profile that you have generated or received from the manufacturer. This profile should be specific to your monitor and not a generic profile (i.e. sRGB). Colour profile that you have generated or received from the manufacturer. This profile should be specific to your monitor and not a generic profile (i.e. sRGB). Color profile for your printer model from the manufacturer. This profile should be specific to your printer and not a generic profile (i.e. sRGB). Colour profile for your printer model from the manufacturer. This profile should be specific to your printer and not a generic profile (i.e. sRGB). Black Point Compensation is a method of improving contrast in photos. It is recommended that you enable this if you have photos in your document. Black Point Compensation is a method of improving contrast in photos. It is recommended that you enable this if you have photos in your document. Enable 'soft proofing' of how your document colors will print, based on the chosen printer profile. Enable 'soft proofing' of how your document colours will print, based on the chosen printer profile. Method of showing colors on the screen which may not print properly. This requires very accurate profiles and serves only as a warning. Method of showing colours on the screen which may not print properly. This requires very accurate profiles and serves only as a warning. &Activate Color Management &Activate Colour Management &Monitor: &Monitor: P&rinter: P&rinter: Sim&ulate Printer on the Screen Sim&ulate Printer on the Screen Mark Colors out of &Gamut Mark Colours out of &Gamut Use &Blackpoint Compensation Use &Blackpoint Compensation &RGB Pictures: &RGB Pictures: &CMYK Pictures: &CMYK Pictures: Default color profile for imported CMYK images Default colour profile for imported CMYK images Default color profile for imported RGB images Default colour profile for imported RGB images &RGB Solid Colors: &RGB Solid Colours: &CMYK Solid Colors: &CMYK Solid Colours: Pictures: Pictures: Sol&id Colors: Sol&id Colours: Convert all colors to printer space Convert all colours to printer space Default color profile for solid RGB colors on the page Default colour profile for solid RGB colours on the page Default color profile for solid CMYK colors on the page Default colour profile for solid CMYK colours on the page Default rendering intent for solid colors. Unless you know why to change it, Relative Colorimetric or Perceptual should be chosen. Default rendering intent for solid colours. Unless you know why to change it, Relative Colourimetric or Perceptual should be chosen. Default rendering intent for images. Unless you know why to change it, Relative Colorimetric or Perceptual should be chosen. Default rendering intent for images. Unless you know why to change it, Relative Colourimetric or Perceptual should be chosen. Simulate a full color managed environment : all colors, rgb or cmyk, are converted to printer color space. Simulate a full colour managed environment : all colours, rgb or cmyk, are converted to printer colour space. Images: Images: CMSPrefsBase Form Gestione dei colori &Activate Color Management Atti&va la gestione dei colori System Profiles Profili del sistema &RGB Images: I&mmagini RGB: Default color profile for imported RGB images Profilo colore predefinito per immagini RGB importate &CMYK Images: Immagini CM&YK: Default color profile for imported CMYK images Profilo colore predefinito per immagini CMYK importate &RGB Solid Colors: Tinte unite R&GB: Default color profile for solid RGB colors on the page Profilo colore predefinito per tinte unite RGB nella pagina &CMYK Solid Colors: Tinte unite &CMYK: Default color profile for solid CMYK colors on the page Profilo colore predefinito per tinte unite CMYK nella pagina Document Options Opzioni documento Simulate printer on Screen Simula stampante su schermo Monitor Profile Profilo dello schermo &Monitor: &Schermo: Color profile that you have generated or received from the manufacturer. This profile should be specific to your monitor and not a generic profile (i.e. sRGB). Profilo colore generato dall'utente o ricevuto dal produttore. Questo profilo dovrebbe essere specifico per lo schermo in uso e non un profilo generico (es. sRGB). P&rinter: Stam&pante: Document Profiles Profili del documento Color profile for your printer model from the manufacturer. This profile should be specific to your printer and not a generic profile (i.e. sRGB). Profilo colore per la stampante fornito dal produttore. Questo profilo dovrebbe essere specifico per la stampante in uso e non un profilo generico (es. 'sRGB'). Rendering Intents Intenti rendering Images: Immagini: Default rendering intent for images. Unless you know why to change it, Relative Colorimetric or Perceptual should be chosen. Intento rendering predefinito per le immagini. Se non avete un motivo per cambiarlo, dovreste usare il colorimetrico relativo o il percettivo. Sol&id Colors: Tin&te unite: Default rendering intent for solid colors. Unless you know why to change it, Relative Colorimetric or Perceptual should be chosen. Intento rendering predefinito per le tinte unite. Se non avete un motivo per cambiarlo, dovreste usare il colorimetrico relativo o il percettivo. Enable 'soft proofing' of how your document colors will print, based on the chosen printer profile. Abilita la prova su schermo che mostra come i colori del documento verranno stampati, basata sul profilo di stampante scelto. Sim&ulate Printer on the Screen Sim&ulazione di stampa su schermo Simulate a full color managed environment : all colors, rgb or cmyk, are converted to printer color space. Simula un ambiente con gestione del colore completa: tutti i colori, rgb o cmyk, sono convertiti nello spazio colori della stampante. Convert all colors to printer space Converti tutti i colori in spazio colori della stampante Method of showing colors on the screen which may not print properly. This requires very accurate profiles and serves only as a warning. Metodo di visualizzazione dei colori sullo schermo che potrebbero non essere stampati correttamente. Necessita di profili precisi e serve solo come un avviso. Mark Colors out of &Gamut Segna colori fuori &gamma Black Point Compensation is a method of improving contrast in photos. It is recommended that you enable this if you have photos in your document. La Compensazione del Punto Nero (Black Point Compensation) è un metodo di miglioramento del contrasto nelle foto. Si raccomanda di abilitarlo se si hanno foto nel documento. Document Rendering Intents Intenti rendering per il documento Use &Blackpoint Compensation Usa &Compensazione Punto Nero CMYKChoose Edit Color Modifica colore CMYK CMYK RGB RGB Web Safe RGB RGB per Web New Nuovo Old Vecchio Scribus Swatches Raccolte di Scribus User Swatches Raccolte utente C: C: M: M: Y: Y: K: K: Dynamic Color Bars Barre di colore dinamiche Static Color Bars Barre di colore statiche R: R: G: V: B: B: % % HSV-Colormap HSV-Colourmap &Name: &Nome: Color &Model &Modello di colore Is Spot Color Colore a tinta piatta Is Registration Color Is Registration Colour You cannot create a color named "%1". It is a reserved name for transparent color Non è possibile creare un colore chiamato "%1". È un nome riservato per un colore trasparente Choosing this will enable printing this on all plates. Registration colors are used for printer marks such as crop marks, registration marks and the like. These are not typically used in the layout itself. Choosing this will enable printing this on all plates. Registration colors are used for printer marks such as crop marks, registration marks and the like. These are not typically used in the layout itself. The name of the color already exists. Please choose another one. Il nome scelto per questo colore esiste già. Inserire un nome diverso. Choosing this will make this color a spot color, thus creating another spot when creating plates or separations. This is used most often when a logo or other color needs exact representation or cannot be replicated with CMYK inks. Metallic and fluorescent inks are good examples which cannot be easily replicated with CMYK inks. Con questa opzione il colore sarà considerato a tinta piatta, e quindi richiederà un'apposita lastra o separazione. Le tinte piatte sono usate soprattutto quando un logo o un altro colore necessita di una rappresentazione esatta o non può essere riprodotto con inchiostri CMYK. Esempi di inchiostri di questo tipo sono quelli metallici o fluorescenti. If color management is enabled, a triangle warning indicator is a warning that the color maybe outside of the color gamut of the current printer profile selected. What this means is the color may not print exactly as indicated on screen. More hints about gamut warnings are in the online help under Color Management. Se la gestione del colore è attiva, la presenza di un indicatore triangolare di avviso indica che il colore potrebbe trovarsi al di fuori della gamma del profilo stampante corrente. Ciò significa che il colore potrebbe essere stampato in modo diverso da come appare a video. Altre indicazioni sugli avvisi di "fuori gamma" si trovano nella guida in linea, nella sezione sulla gestione del colore. You cannot create a color without a name. Please give it a name Non è possibile creare un colore senza nome. Si prega di fornire un nome HSV Color Map Mappa di colori HSV CWDialog Merging colors Colori da fondere Error: Errore: Color %1 exists already! Il colore %1 esiste già! Color %1 appended. Colore %1 aggiunto. Now opening the color manager. Apertura della gestione colori. Color Merging Fusione colori Unable to find the requested color. You have probably selected black, gray or white. There is no way to process this color. Impossibile trovare il colore richiesto. È stato scelto probabilmente il nero, il grigio o il bianco. È impossibile elaborare questo colore. Color Wheel Mappa cromatica Click the wheel to get the base color. Its color model depends on the chosen tab. Clicca sulla mappa per ottenere il colore di base. Il suo modello di colore dipende dalla scheda scelta. Result Colors Colori risultanti CMYK CMYK RGB RGB HSV HSV Colors of your chosen color scheme. Colori dello schema di colore scelto. Color Scheme Method Metodo dello schema di colori Angle: Angolo: Difference between the selected value and the counted ones. Refer to documentation for more information. Differenza tra il valore selezionato e quelli calcolati. Consultare la documentazione per maggiori informazioni. Select one of the methods to create a color scheme. Refer to documentation for more information. Scegliere uno dei metodi per la creazione di uno schema di colore. Consultare la documentazione per maggiori informazioni. Merge created colors into the document colors Fondi i colori creati nei colori del documento &Merge &Fondi Alt+M Alt+F Replace created colors in the document colors Sostituisci i colori creati nei colori del documento &Replace So&stituisci Alt+R Alt+S Leave colors untouched Non modificare i colori &Cancel An&nulla Alt+C Alt+N Preview: Anteprima: Sample color scheme. Esempio di schema di colore. Simulate common vision defects here. Select type of the defect. Simula difetti comuni di vista. Scegliere il tipo di difetto. Vision Defect Type: Difetto visivo: C: C: % % M: M: Y: Y: K: K: RGB: RGB: HSV: HSV: R: R: G: V: B: B: CMYK: CMYK: H: Ton: S: Sat: V: Lum: Document Documento Canvas X: %1 Y: %2 X: %1 Y: %2 X: %1 X: %1 Y: %1 Y: %1 Length: %1 Angle: %2 Lunghezza: %1 Angolo: %2 Width: %1 Height: %2 Larghezza: %1 Altezza: %2 Angle: %1 Angolo: %1 CanvasMode_EyeDropper The selected color does not exist in the document's color set. Please enter a name for this new color. Il colore scelto non esiste nella raccolta di questo documento. Inserisci un nome per questo nuovo colore. Color Not Found Colore non trovato The name you have selected already exists. Please enter a different name for this new color. Il nome scelto esiste già. Inserire un nome diverso per questo nuovo colore. CanvasMode_FrameLinks Linking Text Frames Collegamento cornici di testo Before Prima After Dopo CanvasMode_Normal Go to Page %1 Vai a pagina %1 Go to URL %1 Vai all'URL %1 Go to Page %1 in File %2 Vai a pagina %1 nel file %2 Overflow Characters: %1 Caratteri in eccesso: %1 Page %1 does not exist! Pagina %1 non esiste! Link Target is Web URL. URL: %1 La destinazione del collegamento è un URL. URL: %1 Information Informazioni Link Target is external File. File: %1 Page: %2 La destinazione del collegamento è un file esterno. File: %1 Pagina: %2 All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati Open Apri CellStyleComboBox No Style Nessuno stile CgmPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Group%1 Gruppo%1 Generating Items Generazione elementi CharSelect Font: Font: Character Class: Character Class: &Insert &Insert C&lear C&lear Insert the characters at the cursor in the text Insert the characters at the cursor in the text Delete the current selection(s). Delete the current selection(s). Full Character Set Full Character Set Basic Latin Basic Latin Latin-1 Supplement Latin-1 Supplement Latin Extended-A Latin Extended-A Latin Extended-B Latin Extended-B General Punctuation General Punctuation Super- and Subscripts Super- and Subscripts Currency Symbols Currency Symbols Letterlike Symbols Letterlike Symbols Number Forms Number Forms Arrows Arrows Mathematical Operators Mathematical Operators Box Drawing Box Drawing Block Elements Block Elements Geometric Shapes Geometric Shapes Miscellaneous Symbols Miscellaneous Symbols Dingbats Dingbats Small Form Variants Small Form Variants Ligatures Ligatures Specials Specials Greek Greek Greek Extended Greek Extended Cyrillic Cyrillic Cyrillic Supplement Cyrillic Supplement Arabic Arabic Arabic Extended A Arabic Extended A Arabic Extended B Arabic Extended B Hebrew Hebrew You can see a thumbnail if you press and hold down the right mouse button. The Insert key inserts a Glyph into the Selection below and the Delete key removes the last inserted one You can see a thumbnail if you press and hold down the right mouse button. The Insert key inserts a Glyph into the Selection below and the Delete key removes the last inserted one Scribus Char Palette (*.ucp);;All Files (*) Tavolozza caratteri Scribus (*.ucp);;Tutti i file (*) Enhanced Palette Enhanced Palette Quick Palette Quick Palette Hide Enhanced Hide Enhanced Choose a filename to open Scegli il nome del file da aprire Error Errore Error reading file %1 - file is corrupted propably. Errore nella lettura del %1 - il file probabilmente è corrotto. Choose a filename to save under Choose a filename to save under Cannot write file %1 Impossibile salvare il file %1 Clean the Palette? Clean the Palette? You will clean all characters from this palette. Are you sure? You will clean all characters from this palette. Are you sure? Character Palette Tavolozza caratteri &Search &Search Empty the Palette? Vuota la tavolozza? You will remove all characters from this palette. Are you sure? Verranno eliminati tutti i caratteri da questa tavolozza. Sei sicuro? Hide/Show Enhanced Palette ?? Nascondi/Mostra tavolozza estesa Save Quick Character Palette Salvataggio veloce tavolozza caratteri You can see a thumbnail if you press and hold down the right mouse button. The Insert key inserts a Glyph into the Selection below and the Delete key removes the last inserted one You can see a thumbnail if you press and hold down the right mouse button.The Insert key inserts a Glyph into the Selection below and the Delete key removes the last inserted one CharSelectEnhanced Full Character Set Insieme caratteri completo Basic Latin Latino base Latin-1 Supplement Latino-1 Supplementare Latin Extended-A Latino esteso A Latin Extended-B Latino esteso B General Punctuation Punteggiatura generale Super- and Subscripts Apici e pedici Currency Symbols Simboli valuta Letterlike Symbols Simboli alfabetici Number Forms Formati numerici Arrows Frecce Mathematical Operators Operatori matematici Box Drawing Disegno caselle Block Elements Blocchi Geometric Shapes Forme geometriche Miscellaneous Symbols Simboli vari Dingbats Dingbats Small Form Variants Piccole varianti di forma Ligatures Legature Specials Speciali Greek Greco Greek Extended Greco esteso Cyrillic Cirillico Cyrillic Supplement Cirillico supplementare Arabic Arabo Arabic Extended A Arabo esteso A Arabic Extended B Arabo esteso B Hebrew Ebraico Enhanced Character Palette Tavolozza caratteri estesa &Font: &Carattere: C&haracter Class: Cl&asse di caratteri: You can see a thumbnail if you press and hold down the right mouse button. The Insert key inserts a Glyph into the Selection below and the Delete key removes the last inserted one Se si mantiene premuto il bottone destro del mouse è possibile vedere una miniatura. Il tasto Inserisci inserisce un carattere (speciale) nell'area di selezione in basso mentre il tasto Pulisci rimuove l'ultimo inserito Insert &Code: Inserisci c&odice: Type in a four digit unicode value directly here Type in a four digit unicode value directly here Glyphs to Insert Glifi da inserire Insert the characters at the cursor in the text Inserisce i caratteri nel testo alla posizione del cursore &Insert &Inserisci Delete the current selection(s). Elimina la(e) selezione(i) corrente(i). C&lear Pu&lisci Type in a four digit Unicode value directly here Digitare qui un valore Unicode a quattro cifre CharStyleComboBox No Style Nessuno stile CharTableView Delete Elimina CheckDocument Glyphs missing Glifi mancanti Text overflow Cornice con testo troppo lungo Object is not on a Page L'oggetto non è su una pagina Missing Image Immagine mancante Empty Text Frame Cornice di testo vuota Object has transparency L'oggetto possiede una trasparenza Object is a PDF Annotation or Field L'oggetto è un annotazione o un campo PDF Object is a placed PDF L'oggetto è un PDF posizionato Image dimension is smaller than its frame L'immagine ha dimensioni minori della sua cornice Object colorspace is not CMYK or spot Lo spazio colore non è CMYK o a tinta piatta Imported document contains non embedded fonts Il documento importato contiene font non incorporati Applied master page has different page destination (left, middle, right side) La pagina mastro applicata ha una differente destinazione pagina (lato sinistro, destro, centro) Document Documento No Problems found Nessun problema rilevato Page Pagina Free Objects Oggetti liberi Problems found Problems found Preflight Verifier Verifica preliminare Items Elementi Problems Problemi Current Profile: Profilo corrente: &Ignore Errors &Ignora Errori Check again Controlla ancora Image resolution below %1 DPI, currently %2 x %3 DPI Image resolution below %1 DPI, currently %2 x %3 DPI Image resolution above %1 DPI, currently %2 x %3 DPI Image resolution above %1 DPI, currently %2 x %3 DPI Image is GIF Immagine GIF OK OK Transparency used Trasparenza utilizzata Blendmode used Metodo di fusione utilizzato Layer "%1" Livello "%1" Issues: %1 Problema(i): %1 Annotation uses a non TrueType font L'annotazione utilizza un font non TrueType Preflight profile to base the report generation on. Options can be set in Document Setup or Preferences Profilo della verifica su cui basare la generazione del rapporto. È possibile configurare le Opzioni in Impostazioni documento o in Prefernze Ignore found errors and continue to export or print. Be sure to understand the errors you are ignoring before continuing. Ignora gli errori trovati e continua l'esportazione o la stampa. Assicurarsi di aver capito gli errori che si stanno ignorando prima di continuare. Rerun the document scan to check corrections you may have made Riesegue il controllo documento per verificare le correzioni eventualmente fatte Empty Image Frame Cornice immagine vuota Layers Livelli After Marks update document was changed Dopo l'aggiornamento delle note il documento è stato cambiato Print/Visible Mismatch Stampabile/Visibile non corrispondente Issue(s): %1 Problema(i): %1 Master Pages Pagine mastro Layer Livello Image resolution below %1 DPI, currently %2 x %3 DPI Risoluzione immagine inferiore a %1 DPI, attualmente %2 x %3 DPI Image resolution above %1 DPI, currently %2 x %3 DPI Risoluzione immagine superiore a %1 DPI, attualmente %2 x %3 DPI ClockWidget A A CollectForOutput Choose a Directory Scegli una cartella Cannot create directory: %1 Impossibile creare la cartella: %1 Collecting... Raccolta... Cannot collect all files for output for file: %1 Impossibile raccogliere tutti i file per l'output sul file: %1 Cannot collect the file: %1 Impossibile aggiungere il file: %1 CollectForOutput_UI Collecting Items: Raccolta elementi: Collecting Patterns: Raccolta motivi: Collecting Fonts: Raccolta caratteri: Collecting Profiles: Raccolta profili: Collecting... Raccolta... Cannot collect all files for output for file: %1 Impossibile raccogliere tutti i file per l'output sul file: %1 Cannot collect the file: %1 Impossibile aggiungere il file: %1 ColorListBox Sort by Name Ordina per nome Sort by Color Ordina per colore Sort by Type Ordina per tipo ColorManager Colors Colori &Import &Importa &New &Nuovo &Edit &Modifica D&uplicate D&uplica &Delete &Elimina &Remove Unused &Elimina inutilizzati Color Sets Raccolta colori Current Color Set: Raccolta colori corrente: &Save Color Set &Salva raccolta colori Choose a color set to load Scegli raccolta colori da caricare Save the current color set Salva attuale raccolta colore Remove unused colors from current document's color set Elimina colori inutilizzati dall'attuale raccolta dei colori Import colors to the current set from an existing document Importa colori all'attuale raccolta da un documento esistente Create a new color within the current set Crea un nuovo colore dall'attuale raccolta Edit the currently selected color Modifica il colore attualmente selezionato Make a copy of the currently selected color Fai una copia del colore attualmente selezionato Delete the currently selected color Elimina il colore attualmente selezionato Make the current colorset the default color set Rende l'attuale raccolta colori predefinita &Name: &Nome: Choose a Name Scegli un nome Copy of %1 Copia di %1 New Color Nuovo colore If color management is enabled, a triangle warning indicator is a warning the the color maybe outside of the color gamut of the current printer profile selected.What this means is the color may not print exactly as indicated on screen. Spot colors are indicated by a red circle. Registration colors will have a registration mark next to the color. More hints about gamut warnings are in the online help under Color Management. If colour management is enabled, a triangle warning indicator is a warning the the colour maybe outside of the colour gamut of the current printer profile selected.What this means is the colour may not print exactly as indicated on screen. Spot colours are indicated by a red circle. Registration colours will have a registration mark next to the colour. More hints about gamut warnings are in the online help under Colour Management. Information Informazioni The file %1 does not contain colors which can be imported. If the file was a PostScript-based, try to import it with File -&gt; Import. Not all files have DSC conformant comments where the color descriptions are located. This prevents importing colors from some files. See the Edit Colors section of the documentation for more details. Nel file %1 non ci sono colori importabili. Se si tratta di un file basato su PostScript, provare ad importarlo con File -&gt; Importa. Non tutti i file hanno commenti compatibili DSC, nei quali sono contenute le descrizioni dei colori. Ciò impedisce l'importazione da alcuni file. Vedere la sezione Modifica colori della documentazione per ulteriori dettagli. Import Import Documents (%1);;Other Files (%2);;All Files (*) Documents (%1);;Other Files (%2);;All Files (*) If color management is enabled, a triangle warning indicator is a warning that the color maybe outside of the color gamut of the current printer profile selected. What this means is the color may not print exactly as indicated on screen. Spot colors are indicated by a red circle. More hints about gamut warnings are in the online help under Color Management. Registration colors will have a registration mark next to the color. Use Registration only for printers marks and crop marks. Se è abilitata la gestione colori, un indicatore triangolare funge da avviso che il colore potrebbe essere fuori gamma del corrente profilo stampante selezionato. Ciò significa che il color potrebe non essere stampato come mostrato sullo schermo. I colori a tinta piatta sono indicati da un cerchio rosso. Ulteriori informazioni sugli avvisi relativi alla gamma si trovano nell'Aiuto in linea, sotto Gestione colori. I colori di registrazione avranno un marchio di registrazione vicino al colore. Utilizzare la Registrazione solo per marchi di stampante o per indicatori di taglio. All Supported Formats (%1);;Documents (%2);;Other Files (%3);;All Files (*) Tutti i formati supportati (%1);;Documenti (%2);;Altri file (%3);;Tutti i file (*) Import Colors Importa colori ColorWheel Monochromatic Monocromatico Analogous Analogo Complementary Complementare Split Complementary Complementare separato Triadic Triadico Tetradic (Double Complementary) Tetradico (complementare doppio) Base Color Colore base Monochromatic Light Monocromatico chiaro Monochromatic Dark Monocromatico scuro 1st. Analogous 1° analogo 2nd. Analogous 2° analogo 1st. Split 1° separato 2nd. Split 2° separato 3rd. Split 3° separato 4th. Split 4° separato 1st. Triadic 1° triadico 2nd. Triadic 2° triadico 1st. Tetradic (base opposite) 1° tetradico (diametralmente opposto) 2nd. Tetradic (angle) 2° tetradico (angolo) 3rd. Tetradic (angle opposite) 3° tetradico (angolo opposto) ColorWheelPlugin &Color Wheel... Mappa &cromatica... Color setting helper Assistente per l'impostazione colori Color selector with color theory included. Selettore del colore con teoria dei colori inclusa. ColumnResize Width Larghezza CommonStrings &Apply &Applica &Cancel Ann&ulla &OK &OK &Save &Salva Warning Avviso None color name Nessuno PDF 3D Annotation Annotazione PDF 3D Symbol Simbolo Group Gruppo Regular Polygon Poligono regolare Arc Arco Spiral Spirale Table Tabella PDF Radio Button Radio button PDF Button Bottone RadioButton Radio button Textfield Campo di testo Checkbox Casella di controllo Combobox Casella combinata Listbox Lista TextAnnot Annotazione testo Link Collegamento Custom CommonStrings, custom page size Personalizzato Single Page Pagina singola Double Sided Fronte retro Doppia facciata 3-Fold Pieghevoli 3 falde 4-Fold Pieghevoli 4 falde Default Table Style Stile tabella predefinito Default Cell Style Stile cella predefinito Monday Lunedì Tuesday Martedì Wednesday Mercoledì Thursday Giovedì Friday Venerdì Saturday Sabato Sunday Domenica January Gennaio February Febbraio March Marzo April Aprile May Maggio June Giugno July Luglio August Agosto September Settembre October Ottobre November Novembre December Dicembre Alt Alt Shift Maiusc Cmd Cmd Ctrl Ctrl Windows Finestre Meta Meta Yes No No &Yes &Sì &No &No Left Page Left page location Pagina sinistra Middle Middle page location Centro Middle Left Middle Left page location Centro sinistra Middle Right Middle Right page location Centro destra Right Page Right page location Pagina destra Normal Default single master page Normale Normal Left Default left master page Normale sinistra Normal Middle Default middle master page Normale centro Normal Right Default right master page Normale destra Monochrome Colorspace Monocromatico Normal Vision Color Blindness - Normal Vision Visione normale Protanopia (Red) Color Blindness - Red Color Blind Cecità al rosso Deuteranopia (Green) Color Blindness - Greed Color Blind Cecità al verde Tritanopia (Blue) Color Blindness - Blue Color Blind Cecità al blu Full Color Blindness Color Blindness - Full Color Blindness Daltonismo Custom: Custom Tab Fill Option Personalizzato: Solid Line Linea continua Dashed Line A trattini Dotted Line A puntini Dash Dot Line Trattino punto linea Dash Dot Dot Line Trattino punto punto None Optical Margin Setting Nessuno Left Protruding Optical Margin Setting Sporgente a sinistra Right Protruding Optical Margin Setting Sporgente a destra Left Hanging Punctuation Optical Margin Setting Punteggiatura con rientro negativo a sinistra Right Hanging Punctuation Optical Margin Setting Punteggiatura con rientro negativo a destra Default Optical Margin Setting Predefinito Min. Word Tracking Spaziatura min. tra parole Max. Word Tracking Spaziatura max. tra parole Min. Glyph Extension Estensione min. tra glifi Max. Glyph Extension Estensione max. tra glifi None Nessuno RGB Colorspace RGB CMYK Colorspace CMYK Grayscale Colorspace Scala di grigi Duotone Colorspace Bicromia Unknown Colorspace (Unknown) Sconosciuto PostScript PostScript Text Frame Cornice di testo Image Frame Cornice immagine Line Linea Polygon Poligono Polyline Multilinea Text on a Path Testo su tracciato Multiple Multiple frame types Cornice? Multipla PDF Push Button Bottone PDF PDF Text Field Campo di testo PDF PDF Check Box Casella di controllo PDF PDF Combo Box Casella combinata PDF PDF List Box Lista PDF PDF Text Annotation Annotazione di testo PDF PDF Link Annotation Annotazione collegamento PDF PostScript Level 1 PostScript Livello 1 PostScript Level 2 PostScript Livello 2 PostScript Level 3 PostScript Livello 3 Windows GDI Windows GDI Render Frame Cornice rendering Default Paragraph Style Stile paragrafo predefinito Default Character Style Stile carattere predefinito Default Line Style Stile linea predefinito ContextMenu Preview Settings Configurazione anteprima Paste File... Incolla file... Delete Page Elimina pagina Paste Image from Clipboard Incolla immagine dagli Appunti CopyPageToMasterPageBase Convert Page to Master Page Converti pagina in pagina mastro Name: Nome: Copy Applied Master Page Items Copia elementi pagina mastro applicata CopyPageToMasterPageDialog New Master Page %1 Nuova Pagina mastro %1 Cpalette Normal Normale Horizontal Gradient Sfumatura orizzontale Vertical Gradient Sfumatura verticale Diagonal Gradient Sfumatura diagonale Cross Diagonal Gradient Sfumatura diagonale incrociata Radial Gradient Sfumatura radiale Opacity: Opacità: % % Shade: Tonalità: Edit Line Color Properties Modifica proprietà colore linea Edit Fill Color Properties Modifica proprietà colore di fondo Saturation of color Saturazione del colore Normal or gradient fill method Metodo di riempimento normale o sfumato Set the transparency for the color selected Imposta trasparenza per il colore selezionato Free linear Gradient Sfumatura lineare libera Free radial Gradient Sfumatura radiale libera X1: X1: Y1: Y1: pt pt X2: X2: Y2: Y2: Move Vector Sposta vettore Move the start of the gradient vector with the left mouse button pressed and move the end of the gradient vector with the right mouse button pressed Sposta l'inizio della sfumatura con il bottone sinistro premuto, e sposta la fine della sfumatura con il bottone destro premuto Transparency Settings Impostazioni trasparenza Blend Mode: Modo fusione: Darken Scuro Lighten Chiaro Multiply Moltiplica Screen ??? Reticolo Overlay Sovrapponi Hard Light Luce forte Soft Light Luce debole Difference Differenza Color Dodge Sovraesponi colore Color Burn Sottoesponi colore Hue Tonalità Saturation Saturazione Color Colore Luminosity Luminosità Offsets Spostamenti X: X: Y: Y: Scaling Scala Rotation Rotazione Angle Angolo Pattern Motivo Exclusion Esclusione X-Scale: Scala X: Y-Scale: Scala Y: Display only used Colors Mostra solo colori utilizzati Display all colors from the document color list, or only the already used colors Mostra tutti i colori della lista di questo documento o solo quelli già usati Solid Tinta unita Gradient Sfumatura Hatch Custom Personalizzato Create Mesh Crea griglia CreateMode 3DAnnot Annotazione 3D CreateRange Create Range Crea intervallo Number of Pages in Document: Numero di pagine nel documento: Doc Page Range Intervallo pagine documento Basic Range Selection Selezione intervallo base Range of Pages Intervallo di pagine De&lete E&limina Alt+L Alt+L Move &Down Sposta &giù Alt+D Alt+G Move &Up Sposta s&u Alt+U Alt+U Add a Range of Pages Aggiungi un intervallo di pagine Consecutive Pages Pagine consecutive Even Pages Pagine pari From: Da: To: A: &Add To Range &Aggiungi all'intervallo Alt+A Alt+A Odd Pages Pagine dispari Comma Separated List Lista separata da virgole Advanced Reordering Riordinamento avanzato Page Order Ordine pagine Sample Page Order: Esempio di ordine pagine: Page Group Size: Dimensione gruppo pagine: &OK &OK Alt+O Alt+O &Cancel A&nnulla Alt+C Alt+N CsvDialog CSV Importer Options Opzioni importazione file CSV Field delimiter: Delimitatore di campo: (TAB) (TAB) Value delimiter: Delimitatore di valore: First row is a header La prima riga è un'intestazione OK OK Cancel Annulla None delimiter Nessuno CupsOptions Printer Options Opzioni stampante Option Opzioni Value Valore Page Set Serie di pagine All Pages Tutte le pagine Even Pages only Solo pagine pari Odd Pages only Solo pagine dispari Mirror Rifletti Orientation Orientamento Portrait Verticale Landscape Orizzontale N-Up Printing Pagine per foglio Page per Sheet Pagina per foglio Pages per Sheet Pagine per foglio This panel displays various CUPS options when printing. The exact parameters available will depend on your printer driver. You can confirm CUPS support by selecting Help > About. Look for the listings: C-C-T These equate to C=CUPS C=littlecms T=TIFF support. Missing library support is indicated by a * Questo pannello mostra varie opzioni CUPS per la stampa. Gli esatti parametri disponibili dipenderanno dal driver della stampante in uso. Si può verificare il supporto CUPS scegliendo Aiuto>Informazioni. Cerca gli elementi: C-C-T. Questi equivalgono al supporto per C=CUPS C=littlecms T=TIFF.\n CurveWidget Open Apri Curve Files (*.scu);;All Files (*) File curve (*.scu);;Tutti i file (*) Curve Files "*.scu" (*.scu *.SCU);;All Files (*) File curve "*.scu" (*.scu *.SCU);;Tutti i file (*) Save as Salva come Cannot write the file: %1 Impossibile salvare il file: %1 Inverts the curve Inverte la curva Resets the curve Ripristina la curva Switches between linear and cubic interpolation of the curve Passa l'interpolazione della curva da cubica a lineare Loads a curve Carica una curva Saves this curve Salva questa curva CustomFDialog Encoding: Codifica: &Compress File &Comprimi file &Include Fonts &Includi font Show Preview Mostra anteprima &Include Color Profiles &Includi profili colore Show a preview and information for the selected file Mostra l'anteprima e le informazioni del file selezionato Compress the Scribus document on save Comprimi il documento Scribus durante il salvataggio Include fonts when collecting files for the document. Be sure to know and understand licensing information for any fonts you collect and possibly redistribute. Includi i font durante la raccolta dei file per il documento. Assicurarsi di conoscere e aver capito le informazioni sulla licenza per tutti i font raccolti ed eventualmente distribuiti. Include color profiles when collecting files for the document Includi i profili colori durante la raccolta dei file per il documento CvgPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Group%1 Gruppo%1 Generating Items Generazione elementi DashEditor Value: Valore: Offset: Spostamento: DeferredTask Cancelled by user Annullato dall'utente DelColor Delete Color Elimina colore Delete Color: Elimina colore: Replace With: Sostituisci con: DelPages Delete Pages Elimina pagine to: a: Delete From: Elimina da: DialogsAPI Alert - Scribus Allarme - Scribus DocIm Importing failed Importazione fallita Importing Word document failed %1 Importazione documento Word fallita %1 DocInfos Document Information Dublin Core Metadata Informazioni documento &Title: &Titolo: &Author: &Autore: &Subject: &Soggetto: &Keywords: Parole &chiave: Descri&ption: Descri&zione: P&ublisher: &Editore: &Contributors: &Collaboratori: Dat&e: Da&ta: T&ype: Ti&po: F&ormat: F&ormato: Identi&fier: Identi&ficatore: &Source: Fo&nte: &Language: &Lingua: &Relation: Rela&zione: Co&verage: Copert&ura: Ri&ghts: Di&ritti: Further &Information Ulteriori &informazioni A person or organisation responsible for making the document available Una persona o un'organizzazione responsabile della diffusione del documento A person or organisation responsible for making contributions to the content of the document Una persona o un'organizzazione che ha contribuito al contenuto del documento A date associated with an event in the life cycle of the document, in YYYY-MM-DD format, as per ISO 8601 Una data associata ad un evento nel ciclo di vita del documento in formato AAAA-MM-GG, come previsto da ISO 8601 The nature or genre of the content of the document, eg. categories, functions, genres, etc La natura o il genere del contenuto del documento, ad es. categorie, funzioni, generi, ecc An unambiguous reference to the document within a given context such as ISBN or URI Un riferimento univoco al documento entro un contesto dato, come l'ISBN o l'URI A reference to a document from which the present document is derived, eg. ISBN or URI Un riferimento ad un documento dal quale il presente documento è derivato, ad es. un ISBN o URI A reference to a related document, possibly using a formal identifier such as a ISBN or URI Un riferimento ad un documento connesso, possibilmente usando un identificatore formale come un ISBN o un URI The extent or scope of the content of the document, possibly including location, time and jurisdiction ranges L'ampiezza o l'ambito del contenuto del documento, comprendente ad esempio la locazione geografica, l'estensione temporale e giurisdizionale Information about rights held in and over the document, eg. copyright, patent or trademark Informazioni sui diritti detenuti sul documento, es. copyright, brevetto o marchio Documen&t Documen&to The person or organisation primarily responsible for making the content of the document. This field can be embedded in the Scribus document for reference, as well as in the metadata of a PDF La persona o l'organizzazione principalmente responsabile del contenuto del documento. Questo campo può essere incorporato nel documento di Scribus come informazione, ed anche come metadato di un file PDF A name given to the document. This field can be embedded in the Scribus document for reference, as well as in the metadata of a PDF Nome dato al documento. Questo campo può essere incorporato nel documento di Scribus come informazione, ed anche come metadato di un file PDF An account of the content of the document. This field is for a brief description or abstract of the document. It is embedded in the PDF on export Resoconto del contenuto del documento. Questo campo è riservato ad una breve descrizione o a un riassunto del documento. Viene incorporato nel file PDF all'esportazione The topic of the content of the document. This field is for document keywords you wish to embed in a PDF, to assist searches and indexing of PDF files L'argomento del contenuto del documento. Questo campo è per le parole chiave del documento che si intendono includere in un file PDF, per agevolare le ricerche e l'indicizzazione dei file PDF The physical or digital manifestation of the document. Media type and dimensions would be worth noting. RFC2045,RFC2046 for MIME types are also useful here La manifestazione fisica o digitale del documento. Sarebbe opportuno inserire le dimensioni e il tipo dei supporti. Vedere RFC2045, RFC2046 per i tipi MIME The language in which the content of the document is written, usually a ISO-639 language code optionally suffixed with a hypen and an ISO-3166 country code, eg. en-GB, fr-CH La lingua nella quale è scritto il contenuto del documento, di solito un codice lingua ISO-639 facoltativamente con l'aggiunta di suffisso, come un trattino e un codice ISO-3166 di Stato, es.: en-GB, fr-CH DocSections Add a page numbering section to the document. The new section will be added after the currently selected section. Aggiungi una sezione di pagine numerate al documento. La nuova sezione sarà aggiunta dopo la quella attualmente selezionata. Delete the currently selected section. Elimina questa selezione. 1, 2, 3, ... 1, 2, 3, ... i, ii, iii, ... i, ii, iii, ... I, II, III, ... I, II, III, ... a, b, c, ... a, b, c, ... A, B, C, ... A, B, C, ... <b>Name:</b> Optional name for section eg. Index<br/><b>Shown:</b> Select to show the page numbers in this section if there is one or more text frames setup to do so.<br/><b>From:</b> The page index for this section to start at.<br/><b>To:</b> The page index for this section to stop at.<br/><b>Style:</b> Select the page number style to be used.<br/><b>Start:</b> The index within the Style's range to star at. Eg. If Start=2 and Style=a,b,c, ..., the numbers will begin at b. For the first section in the document this replaces the older First Page Number in the new file window. <b>Nome:</b> Nome opzionale per la sezione per es. Indice<br/><b>visibile:</b> Selezionare per mostrare i numeri delle pagine in questa sezione se uno o o più cornici di testo sono stati configurati per fare questo.<br/><b>Da:</b> Prima pagina di questa sezione.<br/><b>A:</b> Ultima pagina di questa sezione.<br/><b>Stile:</b> Selezionare lo stile per il numero di pagina.<br/><b>Inizio:</b> Indice dell'inizio della numerazione. Per es. se Inizio=2 e Stile=a,b,c, ..., i numeri inizieranno da b. Per la prima sezione nel documento questo sostituisce l'obsoleto Primo Numero di Pagina nella finestra di dialogo Nuovo File. Page Number Out Of Bounds Pagina fuori limite The value you have entered is outside the range of page numbers in the current document (%1-%2). Il valore inserito è più grande del numero di pagine del documento attuale (%1-%2). Document Sections Sezioni documento &Add &Aggiungi Alt+A Alt+A &Delete E&limina Alt+D Alt+L Name Nome Shown Mostrato From Da To A Style Style Start Inizio DocumentItemAttributes Relates To Relativo a Is Parent Of È genitore di Is Child Of È figlio di Text Frames Cornici di testo Image Frames Cornici d'immagine Boolean Booleano Integer Intero String Stringa di caratteri Real Number Numero reale None relationship Nessuno None auto add Nessuno None types Nessuno Document Item Attributes Attributi elementi documento &Add &Aggiungi Alt+A Alt+A &Copy &Copia Alt+C Alt+C &Delete E&limina Alt+D Alt+L C&lear Pu&lisci Alt+L Alt+L Name Nome Type Tipo Value Valore Parameter Parametro Relationship Relazione Relationship To In rapporto a Auto Add To Aggiungi automaticamente a DrwPlug Group%1 Gruppo%1 Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Generating Items Generazione elementi EPSPlug Importing File: %1 failed! Importazione file: %1 fallita! Fatal Error Errore fatale Error Errore Generating Items Generazione elementi Analyzing PostScript: Analisi PostScript: Converting of %1 images failed! Conversione di %1 immagini fallita! Group%1 Gruppo%1 Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 EditToolBar Edit Modifica Editor Editor Editor &New &Nuovo &Open... A&pri... Save &As... Salva c&ome... &Save and Exit &Salva ed esci &Exit without Saving Ab&bandona &Undo Ann&ulla &Redo &Ripristina Cu&t &Taglia &Copy &Copia &Paste Inco&lla C&lear Pu&lisci &Get Field Names Ac&quisisci nomi campi &File &File &Edit Mo&difica OK OK Cancel Annulla JavaScripts (*.js);;All Files (*) JavaScript (*.js);;Tutti i file (*) Ctrl+N Ctrl+N Ctrl+Z Ctrl+Z Ctrl+X Ctrl+X Ctrl+C Ctrl+C Ctrl-V Ctrl-V EffectsDialog Image Effects Effetti immagine Options: Opzioni: Color: Colore: Shade: Tonalità: Brightness: Luminosità: Contrast: Contrasto: Radius: Raggio: Value: Valore: Posterize: Posterizza: Available Effects Effetti disponibili Blur Sfocatura Brightness Luminosità Colorize Colorizza Contrast Contrasto Grayscale Scala di grigi Invert Inverti Posterize Posterizza Sharpen Accentua contorni >> >> << << Effects in use Effetti in uso OK OK Cancel Annulla Color 1: Colore 1: Color 2: Colore 2: Color 3: Colore 3: Color 4: Colore 4: Duotone Bicromia Tritone Dovrebbe riferirsi a RGB Tricromatico Quadtone Quadricromatico Curves Curve ExceptHookDialog Script error Errore script An exception occured while running the script. Si è verificato un errore durante l'esecuzione dello script. &Close &Chiudi Exception Errore &Details >> &Dettagli >> ExportBitmap File exists. Overwrite? Il file esiste. Sovrascriverlo? exists already. Overwrite? esiste già. Sovrascriverlo? Save as Image Salva come immagine Insufficient memory for this image size. Memoria insufficiente per le dimensioni di questa immagine. Error writing the output file(s). Errore di salvataggio del file di output. ExportForm &All pages Tutte le p&agine Change the output directory Cambia la cartella di destinazione The output directory - the place to store your images. Name of the export file will be 'documentname-pagenumber.filetype' La cartella di destinazione - dove verranno conservate le immagini. Il nome del file di esportazione sarà 'nomedocumento-numeropagina.tipofile' Export only the current page Esporta solo la pagina corrente Available export formats Formati di esportazione disponibili Choose a Export Directory Scegli una cartella per l'esportazione C&hange... &Cambia... &Export to Directory: &Esporta nella cartella: Image &Type: Tipo imma&gine: &Quality: &Qualità: Export as Image(s) Esporta come immagine(i) Options Opzioni &Resolution: &Risoluzione: % % dpi dpi Range Intervallo &Current page &Pagina corrente &Range &Intervallo Export a range of pages Esporta un intervallo di pagine Insert a comma separated list of tokens where a token can be * for all the pages, 1-5 for a range of pages or a single page number. Inserisci una lista di simboli separata da virgole in cui un simbolo può essere * per tutte le pagine, 1-5 per un intervallo di pagine o un numero di una singola pagina. Export all pages Esporta tutte le pagine Resolution of the Images Use 72 dpi for Images intended for the Screen Risoluzione delle immagini Usa 72 dpi per immagini da visualizzare su schermo The quality of your images - 100% is the best, 1% the lowest quality The quality of your images - 100% is the best, 1% the lowest quality &Size: Dimen&sione: Size of the images. 100% for no changes, 200% for two times larger etc. Dimensione delle immagini. 100% per manterla invariata, 200% per ingrandire due volte ecc. Image size in Pixels Dimensione immagine in pixel TextLabel Etichetta di testo The compression ratio of your images - 100% is no compression, 0% highest compression. If in doubt, use 'Automatic' Il rapporto di compressione delle immagini - 100% nessuna compressione, 0% compressione massima. In caso di dubbio scegliere 'Automatico' Automatic Automatico ExtImageProps Extended Image Properties Ulteriori proprietà immagini Normal Normale Darken Scuro Lighten Chiaro Hue Tonalità Saturation Saturazione Color Colore Luminosity Luminosità Multiply Moltiplica Screen ??? Reticolo Dissolve Dissolvi Overlay Sovrapponi Hard Light Luce forte Soft Light Luce debole Difference Differenza Color Dodge Sovraesponi colore Color Burn Sottoesponi colore Blend Mode: Modo fusione: Opacity: Opacità: % % Name Nome Layers Livelli Don't use any Path Non usare alcun tracciato Paths Tracciati Exclusion Esclusione Live Preview Anteprima immediata FDialogPreview Size: Dimensione: Title: Titolo: No Title Nessun Titolo Author: Autore: Unknown Sconosciuto Scribus Document Documento Scribus Resolution: Risoluzione: DPI DPI Colorspace: Spazio colore: File Format: Formato file: FileLoader Some fonts used by this document have been substituted: Alcuni caratteri usati da questo documento sono stati sostituiti: was replaced by: è stato sostituito da: FileToolBar File File FlattenPathPlugin Flatten Path Appiattisci tracciato Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Flattens a Path Appiattisce un tracciato Converts a Bezier Path to a Path made of line segments. Converte una curva di Bézier in un tracciato composto di segmenti rettilinei. FontComboH Face: ??? Famiglia font: Family: Famiglia: Style: Stile: Font Family of Selected Text or Text Frame Famiglia font del testo o cornice di testo selezionata Font Style of Selected Text or Text Frame Stile font del testo o cornice di testo selezionata FontListModel Font Name Nome font Use Font Usa font Family Famiglia Style Style Variant Variante Type Tipo Format Formato Embed in PostScript Incorpora nel PostScript Subset Sottoinsieme Access Accesso Used in Doc Utilizzato nel documento Path to Font File Percorso del file dei font Unknown font type Sconosciuto Unknown font format Sconosciuto User font preview Utente System font preview Sistema Click to change the value Clicca qui per cambiare il valore FontPrefs Available Fonts Caratteri disponiili Font Substitutions Sostituzione font Additional Paths Percorsi aggiuntivi Font Name Nome font Replacement Sostituzione Choose a Directory Scegli una cartella &Available Fonts C&aratteri disponiili Font &Substitutions &Sostituzione font Additional &Paths &Percorsi aggiuntivi &Delete E&limina C&hange... C&ambia... A&dd... &Aggiungi... &Remove E&limina Font search paths can only be set in File > Preferences, and only when there is no document currently open. Close any open documents, then use File > Preferences > Fonts to change the font search path. Il percorso di ricerca font può essere impostato in Preferenze, ma solo quando non ci sono documenti aperti. Chiudere tutti i documenti ed usare Modifica -> Preferenze per cambiare il percorso di ricerca. Use Font Use Font Embed in PostScript Embed in PostScript Subset Subset Path to Font File Path to Font File FontPrefsTab Available Fonts Caratteri disponiili Font Substitutions Sostituzione font Additional Paths Percorsi aggiuntivi &Available Fonts C&aratteri disponiili Replacement Sostituzione Font &Substitutions &Sostituzione font A&dd... &Aggiungi... &Remove E&limina Font search paths can only be set in File > Preferences, and only when there is no document currently open. Close any open documents, then use File > Preferences > Fonts to change the font search path. Il percorso di ricerca font può essere impostato in Preferenze, ma solo quando non ci sono documenti aperti. Chiudere tutti i documenti ed usare Modifica -> Preferenze per cambiare il percorso di ricerca. Additional &Paths &Percorsi aggiuntivi Choose a Directory Scegli una cartella FontPreview Leave preview font preview Chiudi anteprima Start searching Start searching Size of the selected font Dimensione del font selezionato Woven silk pyjamas exchanged for blue quartz font preview Ma la volpe col suo balzo ha raggiunto il quieto Fido User font preview User System font preview System Typing the text here provides quick searching in the font names. Searching is case insensitive. You can provide a common wild cards (*, ?, [...]) in your phrase. Examples: t* will list all fonts starting with t or T. *bold* will list all fonts with word bold, bolder etc. in the name. Typing the text here provides quick searching in the font names. Searching is case insensitive. You can provide a common wild cards (*, ?, [...]) in your phrase. Examples: t* will list all fonts starting with t or T. *bold* will list all fonts with word bold, bolder etc. in the name. Font Name Font Name Doc Doc Type Type Subset Subset Access Access Fonts Preview Anteprima font &Quick Search: Ri&cerca veloce: &Search &Search Alt+S Alt+S &Font Size: Dimensione &font: Text Testo Sample text to display Testo di esempio da visualizzare Se&t Impos&ta Alt+T Alt+T Reset the text Ripristina testo iniziale &Close &Chiudi Alt+C Alt+C Typing the text here provides quick searching in the font names. Searching is case insensitive. The given text is taken as substring. Scrivendo qui il testo si può effettuare una ricerca veloce tra i nomi dei font. La ricerca non tiene conto delle maiuscole. Il testo inserito è trattato come una sottostringa di caratteri. &Default Pre&definito Show Extended Font Information Mostra ulteriori informazioni del font Set the preview text Configura testo anteprima FontPreviewPlugin &Font Preview... Anteprima &font... Font Preview dialog Finestra anteprima font Sorting, searching and browsing available fonts. Ordinamento, ricerca e scelta dei font disponibili. FontReplaceDialog Font Substitution Sostituzione font Original Font Font originale Substitution Font Font sostitutivo Make these substitutions permanent Rendi permanenti le sostituzioni This document contains some fonts that are not installed on your system, please choose a suitable replacement for them. Cancel will stop the document from loading. Questo documento contiene alcuni font che non sono installati nel sistema, seleziona dei sostituti. Se scegli Annulla, il documento non sarà aperto. Cancels these font substitutions and stops loading the document. Annulla le sostituzioni e cessa di caricare il documento. Enabling this tells Scribus to use these replacements for missing fonts permanently in all future layouts. This can be reverted or changed in File > Preferences > Fonts. L'attivazione di questo fa utilizzare a Scribus questi font sostitutivi per quelli mancanti permanentemente in ogni nuovo documento. È possibile modificare questa impostazione in File > Preferenze > Font. If you select OK, then save, these substitutions are made permanent in the document. Se si sceglie OK, e Salva, queste sostituzioni diverranno permanenti nel documento. FontSelect Select Alternate Font Scegliere un font alternativo Font Font GradientEditor Position: Posizione: % % Add, change or remove color stops here Qui è possibile aggiungere, modificare o rimuovere i limiti dei colori GradientEditorBase Frame Cornice Position: Posizione: % % Color: Colore: Opacity: Opacità: Shade: Tonalità: GradientPreview Add Stop Aggiungi limite colore Remove Stop Rimuovi limite colore GradientVectorBase Gradient Vector Vettore della sfumatura Start: Inizio: / / End: Fine: Skew: Distorsione: Focal: Fuoco: Scale: Scala: 1. Point: Punto 1: 2. Point: Punto 2: 3. Point: Punto 3: 4. Point: Punto 4: 5. Point: Punto 5: Edit Grid Points Modifica punti griglia Edit Control Points Modifica punti di controllo Reset selected Control Point Azzera punto di controllo selezionato Reset all Control Points Azzera tutti i punti di controllo New Mesh... Nuova griglia... Reset Mesh Azzera griglia Mesh -> Shape Griglia -> Forma Snap to other Mesh Points Aggancia agli altri punti della griglia Add Patch Aggiungi inserto Remove Patch Elimina inserto GradientVectorDialog Gradient Vector ??? Sfumatura GuideManager &Single &Singole Horizontals Orizzontali &Add &Aggiungi Alt+A Alt+A D&elete &Elimina Alt+E Alt+E Verticals Verticali A&dd A&ggiungi Alt+D Alt+G De&lete E&limina Alt+L Alt+L &Lock Guides B&locca guide Appl&y to All Pages Appl&ica a tutte le pagine Alt+Y Alt+I &Column/Row &Colonna/Riga &Number: &Numero: U&se Gap: U&tilizza Distanza: Alt+S Alt+S Refer To Refer To &Page &Pagina Alt+P Alt+P M&argins M&argini S&election Sel&ezione Nu&mber: Nu&mero: Use &Gap: ??? Utilizza &Distanza: Alt+G Alt+D &Misc Al&tri comandi Delete all guides from the current page Elimina tutte le guide dalla pagina corrente Delete Guides from Current &Page Elimina guide dalla &pagina corrente Delete all guides from the current document Elimina tutte le guide da questo documento Delete Guides from &All Pages Elimina guide da tutte le p&agine Guide Manager Gestione guide Add a new horizontal guide Aggiungi nuova guida orizzontale Delete the selected horizontal guide Elimina la guida orizzontale selezionata Add a new vertical guide Aggiungi nuova guida verticale Delete the selected vertical guide Elimina la guida verticale selezionata Lock the guides Blocca le guide Apply to all pages Applica a tutte le pagine Number of horizontal guides to create Numero di guide orizzontali da creare Number of vertical guides to create Numero di guide verticali da creare Create rows with guides, with an additional gap between the rows Crea righe con guide, con una distanza aggiuntiva tra le righe Create columns with guides, with an additional gap between the columns Crea colonne con guide, con una distanza aggiuntiva tra le colonne Create the selected number of horizontal guides relative to the current page Crea il numero selezionato di guide orizzontali relative alla pagina corrente Create the selected number of horizontal guides relative to the current page's margins Crea il numero selezionato di guide orizzontali relative ai margini della pagina corrente Create the selected number of horizontal guides relative to the current selection of items Crea il numero selezionato di guide orizzontali relative alla selezione degli elementi della pagina corrente Create the selected number of vertical guides relative to the current page Crea il numero selezionato di guide verticali relative alla pagina corrente Create the selected number of vertical guides relative to the current page's margins Crea il numero selezionato di guide verticali relative ai margini della pagina corrente Create the selected number of vertical guides relative to the current selection of items Crea il numero selezionato di guide verticali relative alla selezione degli elementi della pagina corrente Apply the shown guides to all pages in the document Applica le guide mostrate a tutte le pagine nel documento Delete all guides shown on the current page Elimina tutte le guide mostrate sulla pagina corrente Delete all guides from all pages Elimina le guide da tutte le pagine Refer to Riferito a HelpBrowser Scribus Online Help Guida in linea di Scribus &Contents &Contenuto &Search Ce&rca Find Trova Search Term: Cerca termine: Se&arch Cerc&a &New &Nuovo &Delete &Elimina Book&marks Segnali&bri &Print... Stam&pa... New Bookmark Nuovo segnalibro New Bookmark's Title: Nuovo titolo segnalibro: &File &File &Find... &Trova... Find &Next Tro&va successivo Find &Previous Trova prec&edente &Edit &Modifica Navigation Navigazione Loading Failed Caricamento non riuscito &Add Bookmark Aggiungi &Segnalibro D&elete All &Elimina tutto &Bookmarks Segnali&bri Scribus Help Guida di Scribus Searching is case insensitive La ricerca non tiene conto delle maiuscole 1 1 &Exit Us&cita Find &Next... Tro&va successivo... Find &Previous... Trova prec&edente... &Add &Aggiungi &Quit &Esci <h2><p>Sorry, no manual is installed!</p><p>Please see:</p><ul><li>http://docs.scribus.net for updated documentation</li><li>http://www.scribus.net for downloads</li></ul></h2> HTML message for no documentation available to show <h2><p></p>Spiacente, il manuale non è installato!<p>Controllare</p><ul><li>http://docs.scribus.net per documentazione aggiornata. </li><li>http://www.scribus.net per i download.</li></ul></h2> HelpBrowser2 Dialog Dialog &Contents &Contents 1 1 Se&arch Se&arch Searching is case insensitive Searching is case insensitive &Search &Search Book&marks Book&marks HelpBrowserNavigation Form Guida di Scribus &Contents &Sommario Se&arch Cerc&a Searching is case insensitive La ricerca non tiene conto delle maiuscole &Search &Cerca 1 1 Book&marks Segnali&bri &New &Nuovo &Delete &Elimina D&elete All E&limina tutto HunspellDialog Spelling check complete Controllo ortografico completo HunspellDialogBase Check Spelling Controllo ortografico Text Language: Lingua del testo: Not in dictionary Non presente nel dizionario Ignore Once Ignora questa volta Ignore All Ignora tutto Suggestions Suggerimenti Change Cambia Change All Cambia tutto HunspellPlugin Check Spelling... Controllo ortografico... HyAsk Possible Hyphenation Possibile sillabazione Accept Accetta Skip Salta Cancel Annulla Add to the Exception List Aggiungi alla lista delle eccezioni Add to the Ignore List Aggiungi all'elenco termini da ignorare HySettings Ignore List Ignora lista Add a new Entry Aggiungi nuovo Edit Entry Edit Entry Exception List Lista Eccezioni IdmlPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Generating Items Generazione elementi ImageInfoDialog Image Info Informazioni immagine General Info Informazioni generali Date / Time: Data / Ora: Has Embedded Profile: Possiede i profili incorporati: Profile Name: Nome del profilo: Has Embedded Paths: Possiede i tracciati incorporati: Has Layers: Possiede i livelli: EXIF Info Informazioni EXIF Artist: Artista: Comment: Commenti: User Comment: Commenti utente: Camera Model: Modello macchina fotografica: Camera Manufacturer: Marca macchina fotografica: Description: Descrizione: Copyright: Copyright: Scanner Model: Modello scanner: Scanner Manufacturer: Marca scanner: Exposure time Tempo di esposizione Aperture: Apertura: ISO equiv.: Equiv. ISO: ImportAIPlugin Import AI... Importa AI... Imports Illustrator Files Importa file Illustrator Imports most Illustrator files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Illustrator nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. This file contains 2 versions of the data. Questo file contiene 2 versioni dei dati. Choose which one should be imported Scegli quale deve essere importata Use the pdf part Usa la parte pdf Use the ai part Usa la parte ai The PDF Import plugin could not be found Il plugin per l'importazione PDF non è stato trovato The file could not be imported Non è stato possibile importare il file ImportCgmPlugin Import Cgm... Importazione Cgm... CGM File File CGM CGM File (*.cgm *.CGM) File CGM (*.cgm *.CGM) Imports CGM Files Importa file CGM Imports most binary CGM files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file CGM nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportCvgPlugin Import Cvg... Importa CVG... Imports Cvg Files Importa file Cvg Imports most Cvg files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Cvg nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportDrwPlugin Import DRW... Importa DRW... Micrografx DRW File File Micrografx DRW Micrografx DRW File (*.drw *.DRW) File Micrografx DRW (*.drw *.DRW) Imports DRW Files Importa file DRW Imports most DRW files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file DRW nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportIdml Imports Adobe Idml Packages Importa pacchetti Adobe Idml Imports Adobe Indesign's idml packages into Scribus converting Indesign objects into scribus pageitems; not all are supported in Scribus, but all those supported are being imported here Importa pacchetti Idml di Adobe Indesign in Scribus convertendo gli oggetti Indesign in pagine di Scribus; non tutti sono supportati in Scribus, ma quelli che lo sono vengono importati qui GPL GPL Adobe Indesign IDML Adobe Indesign IDML Adobe Indesign IDML (*.idml *.IDML) Adobe Indesign IDML (*.idml *.IDML) All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportIdmlPlugin Import Idml... Importa Idml... Adobe Indesign IDML Adobe Indesign IDML Adobe Indesign IDML (*.idml *.IDML) Adobe Indesign IDML (*.idml *.IDML) Imports IDML Files Importa file IDML Imports most IDML files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file IDML nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. Adobe Indesign IDMS Adobe Indesign IDMS Adobe Indesign IDMS (*.idms *.IDMS) Adobe Indesign IDMS (*.idms *.IDMS) All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportOdgPlugin Import ODF Document... Importa documento ODF... ODF Drawing Import/export format name Disegno ODF ODF Drawing (*.odg *.ODG *.fodg *.FODG) Disegno ODF (*.odg *.ODG *.fodg *.FODG) ODF Presentation Import/export format name Presentazione ODF ODF Presentation (*.odp *.ODP *.fodp *.FODP) Presentazione ODF (*.odp *.ODP *.fodp *.FODP) Imports ODF Drawing Files Importa file Disegno ODF Imports most ODF Drawing files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Disegno ODF nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportPSPlugin Import PostScript... Importa PostScript... Imports PostScript Files Imports file PostScript Imports most PostScript files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file PostScript nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. ImportPagesPlugin Import iWorks Pages... Importa iWork Pages... iWorks Pages iWork Pages iWorks Pages (*.pages *.PAGES) iWorks Pages (*.pages *.PAGES) Imports iWorks Pages Files Imports file iWork Pages Imports most iWorks Pages files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file iWork Pages nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportPctPlugin Import Pict... Importa Pict... Imports Pict Files Importa file Pict Imports most Mac Pict files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Pict nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportPdfPlugin Import PDF... Importa PDF... Imports PDF Files Importa file PDF Imports most PDF files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file PDF nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati The Import plugin cannot handle Postscript files Il plugin per l'importazione non è in grado di trattare file Postscript ImportPubPlugin Import PUB... Importa PUB... MS Publisher MS Publisher MS Publisher (*.pub *.PUB) MS Publisher (*.pub *.PUB) Imports PUB Files Importa file PUB Imports most MS Publisher files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file MS Publisher nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti di Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportShapePlugin Import Dia Shapes... Importa forme Dia... Dia Shapes "*.shape" File File forme Dia "*.shape" Dia Shapes "*.shape" File (*.shape *.SHAPE) File forme Dia "*.shape" (*.shape *.SHAPE) Imports Dia shape Files Importa file forme Dia Imports most Dia shapes into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file forme Dia nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. Dia shapes "*.shape" File (*.shape *.SHAPE) File forme Dia "*.shape" (*.shape *.SHAPE) All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportSmlPlugin Import Sml... Importa Sml... Kivio Stencils "*.sml" File File Kivio Stencils "*.sml" Kivio Stencils "*.sml" File (*.sml *.SML) File Kivio Stencils "*.sml" (*.sml *.SML) Imports Sml Files Importa file Sml Imports most Kivio stencils into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Kivio stencils nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportVivaPlugin Import Viva... Importa Viva... Viva Designer XML Viva Designer XML Viva Designer XML (*.xml *.XML) Viva Designer XML (*.xml *.XML) Imports Viva Files Importa file Viva Imports most Viva files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Viva nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportVsdPlugin Import Visio... Importa Visio... MS Visio MS Visio MS Visio (*.vsd *.VSD *.vdx *.VDX *.vsdx *.VSDX) MS Visio (*.vsd *.VSD *.vdx *.VDX *.vsdx *.VSDX) Imports MS Visio Files Importa file MS Visio Imports most MS Visio files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file MS Visio nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportWpgPlugin Import WPG... Importa WPG... Imports WPG Files Importa file WPG Imports most WPG files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file WPG nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportXarPlugin Import Xara... Importa Xara... XARA "*.xar" File File XARA "*.xar" XARA "*.xar" File (*.xar *.XAR) File XARA "*.xar" (*.xar *.XAR) Imports Xara Files Importa file Xara Imports most Xara files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Xara nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportXfigPlugin Import Xfig... Importa Xfig... Imports Xfig Files Importa file Xfig Imports most Xfig files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file Xfig nel documento corrente, convertendo i loro dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati ImportXpsPlugin Import Xps... Importa Xps... Microsoft XPS Microsoft XPS Microsoft XPS (*.xps *.XPS) Microsoft XPS (*.xps *.XPS) Open XML Paper Open XML Paper Open XML Paper (*.oxps *.OXPS) Open XML Paper (*.oxps *.OXPS) Imports XPS and Open XML Paper Files Importa file XPS e Open XML Paper Imports most XPS and Open XML Paper files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file XPS e Open XML Paper nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati Imposition Portrait Verticale Landscape Orizzontale ImpositionBase Imposition Imposizione tipografica Gri&d Gri&glia Copies Copie Do&uble sided Dop&pia facciata Alt+U Alt+P Front side Facciata anteriore Back side Facciata posteriore &Booklet Li&bretto Pages per sheet Pagine per foglio 4 4 8 8 16 16 Pages Pagine <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Separate pages with a comma, ranges with a hyphen, e.g. 1,4,9-11 to get pages 1,4,9,10,11.</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Separa pagine con una virgola, intervalli con un trattino, es. 1,4,9-11 per avere le pagine 1,4,9,10,11.</p></body></html> Fold Falda Front page from Pagina anteriore da Double sided Doppia facciata Back page from Pagina posteriore da Destination page Pagina di destinazione Size Dimensione Orientation Orientamento Width Larghezza Height Altezza Preview Anteprima Refresh preview Aggiorna anteprima &OK &OK Alt+G Alt+G &Cancel A&nnulla Alt+C Alt+N ImpositionPlugin &Imposition... &Imposizione tipografica... Imposition dialog Finestra di dialogo imposizione Imposition on grids, booklets and folds Imposizione su griglie, libretti e pieghevoli InlinePalette Paste to Item Incolla a elemento Edit Item Modifica elemento Remove Item Elimina elemento Inline Frames Cornici in linea InsPage Insert Page Inserisci pagina before Page prima di pagina after Page dopo pagina at End in fondo Page(s) Pagina(e) &Insert &Inserisci &Master Page: Pagina &mastro: Page Size Dimensione pagina &Size: Dimen&sione: Orie&ntation: Orie&ntamento: Portrait Verticale Landscape Orizzontale &Width: L&arghezza: &Height: Al&tezza: Move Objects with their Page Sposta oggetti con la pagina Master Pages Pagine mastro InsertAFrame Open Apri <b>Insert a text frame</b><br/>A text frame allows you to enter any text in a defined position with the formatting you choose. You may select a text file on the Options tab if you want to immediately import a document into the frame. Scribus supports a wide variety of importable format from plain text to OpenOffice.org.<br/>Your text may be edited and formatted on the page directly or in the simple Story Editor. <b>Insert a text frame</b><br/>A text frame allows you to enter any text in a defined position with the formatting you choose. You may select a text file on the Options tab if you want to immediately import a document into the frame. Scribus supports a wide variety of importable format from plain text to OpenOffice.org.<br/>Your text may be edited and formatted on the page directly or in the simple Story Editor. <b>Insert an image frame</b><br/>An image frame allows you to place an image onto your page. Various image effects may be applied or combined including transparencies, brightness, posterisation that allow retouching or the creation of interesting visual results. Image scaling and shaping is performed with the Properties Palette. <b>Insert an image frame</b><br/>An image frame allows you to place an image onto your page. Various image effects may be applied or combined including transparencies, brightness, posterisation that allow retouching or the creation of interesting visual results. Image scaling and shaping is performed with the Properties Palette. Insert A Frame Inserisci una cornice T&ype Ti&po &Text Frame Cornice di &testo &Image Frame Cornice i&mmagine &Location &Posizione Page Placement Disposizione nelle pagine Current Page Pagina corrente All Pages Tutte le pagine ... ... Position of Frame Posizione cornice Top Left of Margins Parte superiore sx dei margini Top Left of Page Parte superiore sx della pagina Top Left of Bleed Parte superiore sx della pagina al vivo X: X: Y: Y: Insert Frames Inserisci cornici &Size Dimen&sione Same as the Page Margins Uguale ai margini pagina Same as the Page Uguale alla pagina Same as the Bleed Uguale alla pagina al vivo Same as the Imported Image Uguale all'immagine importata Height: Altezza: Width: Larghezza: &Options &Opzioni Source Image: Fonte immagine: There are no options for this type of frame Non ci sono opzioni per questo tipo di cornice Columns: Colonne: Gap: Distanza: Link Created Frames Link Created Frames Source Document: Documento sorgente: Range of Pages Intervallo di pagine Custom Position Posizione personalizzata Custom Size Dimensione personalizzata <b>Insert a text frame</b><br/>A text frame allows you to enter any text in a defined position with the formatting you choose. You may select a text file on the Options tab if you want to immediately import a document into the frame. Scribus supports a wide variety of importable formats from plain text to OpenOffice.org.<br/>Your text may be edited and formatted on the page directly or in the Story Editor. <b>Inserisci una cornice di testo</b><br/>Una cornice di testo permette di inserire un testo qualsiasi in una posizione definita con la formattazione scelta. È possibile selezionare un file di testo nella scheda Opzioni se si desidera importare subito un documento nella cornice. Scribus è in grado di importare un'ampia varietà di formati, da testo semplice a formati OpenOffice.org.<br/>È possibile modificare e formattare il testo sulla pagina direttamente dall'Editor interno. <b>Insert an image frame</b><br/>An image frame allows you to place an image onto your page. Various image effects may be applied or combined including transparencies, brightness, and posterisation that allow retouching or the creation of interesting visual results. Image scaling and shaping is performed with the Properties Palette. <b>Inserisci una cornice immagine</b><br/>Una cornice immagine permette di disporre un'immagine nella pagina. È possibile applicare o combinare vari effetti immagine, incluse trasparenze, luminosità e posterizzazione che danno la possibilità di ritoccare o di creare interessanti esiti. La scalatura e la forma dell'immagine viene effettuata nel pannello Proprietà. Insert one or more text frames Inserisci una o più cornici di testo Insert one or more image frames Inserisci una o più cornici immagine Place the new frames on the current page, on all pages or on a selected range Posiziona le nuove cornici sulla pagina corrente, su tutte le pagine o su un intervallo selezionato Insert the frame on the current page only Inserisci la cornice solo sulla pagina corrente Insert one frame for each existing page Inserisci una cornice su ogni pagina esistente Insert frames on a range of pages Inserisci cornici su un intervallo di pagine Range of pages to insert frames on Intervallo di pagine su cui inserire cornici Position the new frame in relation to the page Disponi la nuova cornice in rapporto alla pagina Insert the frame at the top left of the page margins Inserisci la cornice nella parte superiore sx dei margini pagina Insert the frame at the top left of the page Inserisci la cornice nella parte superiore sx della pagina Insert the frame at the top left of the page bleed Inserisci la cornice nella parte superiore sx della pagina al vivo Insert the frame at a custom position on the page Inserisci la cornice in una posizione personalizzata della pagina Top position of the inserted frame Posizione superiore della cornice inserita Left position of the inserted frame Posizione sinistra della cornice inserita Insert the new frame with the same dimensions as the page margins Inserisci la nuova cornice con le stesse dimensioni dei margini pagina Insert the new frame with the same dimensions as the page Inserisci la nuova cornice con le stesse dimensioni della pagina Insert the new frame with the same dimensions as the bleed area outside the boundary of the page itself Inserisci la nuova cornice con le stesse dimensioni della pagina al vivo esterna al bordo della pagina stessa Insert the new frame with the same dimensions as the image that will be imported Inserisci la nuova cornice con le stesse dimensioni dell'immagine da importare Insert the new frame with a custom size Inserisci la nuova cornice con dimensioni personalizzate Width of the inserted frame Larghezza cornice inserita Height of the inserted frame Altezza cornice inserita Number of columns for the inserted text frame Numero di colonne per la cornice di testo inserita Distance between the columns in the text frame Distanza tra le colonne nella cornice di testo Link the inserted text frames together to form a chain of frames Collega le cornici di testo inserite per formare una catena di cornici Link Inserted Frames Collega le cornici inserite Link the first inserted frame to a preexisting text frame Collega la prima cornice inserita a una preesistente cornice di testo Link to Existing Frame Collega alla cornice esistente Name of existing text frame to link to Nome della cornice di testo da collegare Source document to load into the text frame Documento originale da caricare nella cornice di testo Source image to load into the inserted image frame Immagine originale da caricare nella cornice inserita InsertTable Insert Table Inserisci tabella Number of rows: Numero di righe: Number of columns: Numero di colonne: InsertTableColumnsDialog Insert Column(s) Inserisci colonna(e) Number of Columns: Numero di colonne: Position: Posizione: Before Prima positions posizioni After Dopo Beginning Inizio End Fine InsertTableRowsDialog Insert Row(s) Inserisci riga(e) Number of Rows: Numero di righe: Position: Posizione: Before Prima positions posizioni After Dopo Beginning Inizio End Fine JavaDocs New Script Nuovo script Edit JavaScripts Modifica JavaScript &Edit... &Modifica... &Add... &Aggiungi... &Delete &Elimina &Close &Chiudi &New Script: &Nuovo script: Do you really want to delete this script? Vuoi veramente eliminare questo script? Adds a new Script, predefines a function with the same name. If you want to use this script as an "Open Action" script be sure not to change the name of the function. Aggiunge un nuovo script, predefinisce una funzione con lo stesso nome. Se si vuole utilizzare questo script come uno script "Open Action" assicurarsi di non cambiare il nome della funzione. LatexEditor Dialog Dialog Enter Code: Inserisci codice: Update Aggiorna Revert Annulla Program Messages: Messaggi del programma: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p></body></html> Status: Unknown Stato: Sconosciuto Kill Program Termina programma Options Opzioni Resolution: Risoluzione: Automatic Automatico DPI DPI Program: Programma: LaTeX LaTeX Use Preamble Utilizza preambolo Update Application Settings Update Application Settings Fonts and Colors Fonts and Colours Will be filled later Will be filled later Status: Stato: Error Errore Finished Terminato Running In esecuzione No item selected! Nessun elemento selezionato! Insert symbol Insert symbol Editor Editor Information Informazioni An editor for this frame is already running! Un editor per questa cornice è già in esecuzione! Editor running! Editor in esecuzione! Please specify an editor in the preferences! Specificare un editor nelle Preferenze! Could not create a temporary file to run the external editor! Impossibile creare un file temporaneo per lanciare l'editor esterno! Run External Editor... Lancia editor esterno... Running the editor failed with exitcode %d! L'esecuzione dell'editor non è riuscita con il codice d'uscita %d! Running the editor "%1" failed! L'esecuzione dell'editor "%1" non è riuscita! Run external editor... Run external editor... Insert Symbol Inserisci simbolo LayerPalette Layers Livelli Delete Layer Elimina livello Name Nome Do you want to delete all objects on this layer too? Vuoi eliminare anche gli oggetti su questo livello? Add a new layer Add a new layer Delete layer Delete layer Raise layer Raise layer Lower layer Lower layer Opacity: Opacità: % % Blend Mode: Modo fusione: Normal Normale Darken Scuro Lighten Chiaro Multiply Moltiplica Screen Reticolo Overlay Sovrapponi Hard Light Luce forte Soft Light Luce debole Difference Differenza Color Dodge Sovraesponi colore Color Burn Sottoesponi colore Exclusion Esclusione Hue Tonalità Saturation Saturazione Color Colore Luminosity Luminosità Color of the Layer Indicator - Each layer has a color assigned to display on the canvas when layer indicators are enabled. You can double click to edit the color. Colore dell'indicatore del livello - Ogni livello ha un proprio colore mostrato sullo spazio di lavoro quando gli indicatori di livello sono abilitati. Cliccare due volte per modificare il colore. Make Layer Visible - Uncheck to hide the layer from the display Rendi visibile il livello - Togliere la spunta per nascondere il livello Print Layer - Uncheck to disable printing. Stampa livello - Togliere la spunta per disabilitare la stampa. Lock or Unlock Layer - Unchecked is unlocked Blocca o sblocca il livello - Smarcato è bloccato Text flows around objects in lower Layers - Enabling this forces text frames to flow around other objects, even in layers below Il testo fluisce intorno ai livelli inferiori - Abilitandolo si forzano le cornici di testo a fluire intorno ad altri oggetti, anche nei livelli inferiori Outline Mode - Toggles the 'wireframe' display of objects to speed the display of very complex objects. Modo contorno - Attiva/Disattiva la visualizzazione in modalita 'scheletro' degli oggetti per accelerare la visualizzazione di oggetti estremamente complessi. Name of the Layer - Double clicking on the name of a layer enabled editing Name of the Layer - Double clicking on the name of a layer enabled editing Duplicates the current layer Duplicates the current layer Selects the Blendmode, works only in PDF 1.4 Seleziona il modo fusione, funziona solo in PDF 1.4 Layer Transparency, works only in PDF 1.4 and SVG Trasparenza livelli, funziona solo in PDF 1.4 e in SVG Add a New Layer Aggiungi nuovo livello Duplicate the Current Layer Duplica livello corrente Raise Layer Alza livello Lower Layer Abbassa livello Make text in lower layers flow around objects - Enabling this forces text in lower layers to flow around objects of the layer for which this option has been enabled Fa scorrere il testo nei livelli inferiori intorno agli oggetti - Se abilitato si forza il testo nei livelli inferiori a scorrere intorno agli oggetti del livello in cui questa opzione è stata abilitata Select Objects on Layer - Check to enable selecting. Seleziona oggetti sul livello - Marcare per abilitare la selezione. Name of the Layer - Double click on the name of a layer to edit the name Nome del livello - Cliccare due volte sul nome del livello per modificarlo LegacyMode All Files (*) All Files (*) Open Apri All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati LensDialogBase Optical Lens Lente ottica Add Lens Add Lens Remove Lens Remove Lens + + - - Lens Parameters Parametri lente X Pos: X Pos: Y Pos: Y Pos: Radius: Radius: Strength: Strength: Add a new lens Aggiungi nuova lente &Add Lens &Aggiungi lente Remove selected lens Elimina lente selezionata &Remove Lens E&limina lente Zoom In Zoom avanti Zoom Out Zoom indietro &X Pos: Pos &X: Horizontal position of the lens Posizione orizzontale lente &Y Pos: Pos &Y: Vertical position of the lens Posizione verticale lente The selected lens acts like a magnification lens La lente selezionata funziona come una lente d'ingrandimento &Magnification Lens Len&te d'ingrandimento The selected lens acts like a fish eye lens La lente selezionata funziona come una lente grandangolare &Fish Eye Lens &Lente grandangolare Ra&dius: Rag&gio: Radius of the lens Raggio della lente &Strength: Poten&za: Strength of the lens Potenza della lente LensEffectsPlugin Lens Effects... Effetti lente... Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Lens Effects Effetti lente Apply fancy lens effects Applica effetti lente elaborati LoadSavePlugin All Files (*) Tutti i file (*) An error occured while opening file or file is damaged Si è verificato errore durante l'apertura del file o il file è danneggiato An error occured while parsing file at line %1, column %2 : %3 Si è verificato un errore durante l'analisi del file alla riga %1, colonna %2 : %3 No File Loader Plugins Found Nessuna estensione per caricamento file trovata LoremManager Select Lorem Ipsum Seleziona testo dimostrativo Author: Autore: Get More: Ulteriori informazioni: XML File: File XML: Lorem Ipsum Testo dimostrativo Paragraphs: Paragrafi: Alt+O Alt+O Alt+C Alt+C Standard Lorem Ipsum Testo dimostrativo standard Random Paragraphs Paragrafi casuali Number of paragraphs of selected sample text to insert Numero di paragrafi del testo d'esempio da inserire List of languages available to insert sample text in Elenco delle lingue disponibili nelle quali è possibile inserire il testo d'esempio MarginDialog Margin Guides Guide margini Manage Page Properties Gestione proprietà pagina Page Size Dimensione pagina &Size: Dimen&sione: Orie&ntation: Orie&ntamento: Portrait Verticale Landscape Orizzontale &Width: Larg&hezza: &Height: Al&tezza: Move Objects with their Page Sposta oggetti con la pagina Type: Tipo: Other Settings Altre impostazioni Master Page: Pagina mastro: Size of the inserted pages, either a standard or custom size. Dimensioni delle pagine inserite, sia standard che personalizzate. Orientation of the page(s) to be inserted Orientamento della(e) pagina(e) da inserire Width of the page(s) to be inserted Larghezza della(e) pagina(e) da inserire Height of the page(s) to be inserted Lunghezza della(e) pagina(e) da inserire When inserting a new page between others, move objects with their current pages. This is the default action. Quando si inserisce una nuova pagina tra le altre, sposta gli oggetti con la pagina corrente. Questa è l'azione predefinita. MarginWidget &Bottom: In&feriore: &Top: Su&periore: &Right: &Destra: &Left: Sinist&ra: Distance between the top margin guide and the edge of the page Distanza tra la guida del margine superiore e il bordo della pagina Distance between the bottom margin guide and the edge of the page Distanza tra la guida del margine inferiore e il bordo della pagina &Inside: &Interno: O&utside: E&sterno: Preset Layouts: Formati predefiniti: Apply the margin changes to all existing pages in the document Applica le modifiche dei margini a tutte le pagine del documento Printer Margins... Margini stampante... Import the margins for the selected page size from the available printers. Importa i margini, per la dimensione della pagina selezionata, dalle stampanti disponibili. Apply settings to: Applica l'impostazione a: All Document Pages Tutte le pagine del documento All Master Pages Tutte le pagine mastro Apply the margin changes to all existing master pages in the document Applica le modifiche dei margini a tutte le pagine mastro del documento Margin Guides Guide margini Top: Superiore: Bottom: Inferiore: Distance for bleed from the top of the physical page Distanza per la pagina al vivo dal margine superiore della pagina Distance for bleed from the bottom of the physical page Distanza per la pagina al vivo dal margine inferiore della pagina Distance for bleed from the left of the physical page Distanza per la pagina al vivo dal margine sinistro della pagina Distance for bleed from the right of the physical page Distanza per la pagina al vivo dal margine destro della pagina Bleeds Pagina al vivo Inside: Interno: Outside: Esterno: Left: Sinistra: Right: Destra: Distance between the left margin guide and the edge of the page. If a double-sided, 3 or 4-fold layout is selected, this margin space can be used to achieve the correct margins for binding Distanza tra la guida del margine sinistro e il bordo della pagina. Se è selezionata la modalità Doppia facciata o Pieghevole 3 o 4 falde, questo margine può essere usato per calcolare i margini corretti per la rilegatura Distance between the right margin guide and the edge of the page. If a double-sided, 3 or 4-fold layout is selected, this margin space can be used to achieve the correct margins for binding Distanza tra la guida del margine destro e il bordo della pagina. Se è selezionata la modalità Doppia facciata o Pieghevole 3 o 4 falde, questo margine può essere usato per calcolare i margini corretti per la rilegatura Mark2Item Mark to Item Nota a oggetto Mark2ItemDlg Dialog Finestra Label: Etichetta: Item: Oggetto: Mark2Mark Anchors Riferimenti Mark to Mark Nota a nota Mark to Item Nota a oggetto Note mark Nota Mark2MarkDlg Dialog Finestra Label: Etichetta: Select marker: Seleziona marcatore: MarkAnchor Anchor Mark Nota di riferimento MarkAnchorDlg Dialog Finestra Label: Etichetta: MarkNote Insert Foot/Endnote Inserisci Nota a piè pagina/di chiusura MarkNoteDlg Dialog Finestra Notes Style: Stile note: MarkVariableText New Mark Nuova nota Edit selected Mark`s label. To create new Mark select "New Mark" in drop list and input new label Modifica l'etichetta della nota selezionata. Per creare una nuova nota seleziona "Nuova nota" nella drop list e inserisci una nuova etichetta Edit variable text Modifica testo variabile Mark with Variable Text Nota con testo variabile Edit selected Mark`s label. Modifica l'etichetta della nota selezionata. MarkVariableTextDlg Add new Mark for Variable Text Aggiungi una nuova nota per Testo variabile Label: Etichetta: Text to insert: Testo da inserire: MarksManager Dialog Finestra Update All Marks Aggiorna tutte le note Edit Modifica Delete Elimina Anchors Riferimenti Variable Text Testo variabile Marks to Items Note a oggetti Marks to Anchors Note a riferimenti Notes marks Note Marks Manager Gestore note Double click to find mark in text Clicca due volte per trovare la nota nel testo Update all reference texts for all marks Aggiorna tutti i testi di riferimento per tutte le note Edit selected mark Modifica la nota selezionata MasterPagesPalette Edit Master Pages Modifica pagine mastro Do you really want to delete this master page? Do you really want to delete this master page? &Name: &Nome: New Master Page Nuova pagina mastro Name: Nome: New MasterPage Nuova pagina mastro Copy #%1 of Copia #%1 di Duplicate the selected master page Duplica la pagina mastro selezionata Delete the selected master page Elimina la pagina mastro selezionata Add a new master page Aggiungi nuova pagina mastro Import master pages from another document Importa pagine mastro da altro documento New Master Page %1 Nuova Pagina mastro %1 Unable to Rename Master Page Impossibile rinominare la pagina mastro The Normal page is not allowed to be renamed. La pagina Normale non può essere rinominata. Rename Master Page Rinomina la pagina mastro New Name: Nuovo nome: Copy #%1 of %2 Copia #%1 di %2 This master page is used at least once in the document. Questa pagina mastro è già in uso in questo documento almeno una volta. Do you really want to delete master page "%1"? Vuoi veramente eliminare la pagina mastro "%1"? Measurements Distances Distances X1: X1: Y1: Y1: X2: X2: Y2: Y2: DX: DX: DY: DY: Angle: Angle: Length: Length: ° ° MeasurementsBase Distances Distanze X1: X1: 10000.0000 10000.0000 Y1: Y1: X2: X2: Y2: Y2: Length: Lunghezza: DX: DX: DY: DY: Angle: Angolo: Unit: Unità: MergeDoc Open Apri Documents (*.sla *.sla.gz *.scd *.scd.gz);;All Files (*) Documenti (*.sla *.sla.gz *.scd *.scd.gz);;Tutti i file (*) Import Page(s) Importa pagina(e) from 0 da 0 Create Page(s) Crea pagina(e) from %1 da %1 Import Master Page Importa pagina mastro &From Document: &Da documento: Chan&ge... Chan&ge... &Import Page(s): &Importa pagina(e): &Import Master Page &Importa pagina mastro Before Page Prima di pagina After Page Dopo pagina At End In fondo &Import &Importa Insert a comma separated list of tokens import where a token can be * for all the pages, 1-5 for a range of pages or a single page number. Inserisci una lista di simboli separata da virgole in cui un simbolo può essere * per tutte le pagine, 1-5 per un intervallo di pagine o un numero di una singola pagina. &Select... &Seleziona... MeshDistortionDialog Dialog Dialog + + - - Mesh Distortion Griglia di distorsione Drag the red handles with the mouse to distort the mesh Trascinare col mouse le maniglie rosse per distorcere la griglia Zoom In Zoom avanti Zoom Out Zoom indietro Resets the selected handles to their initial position. If no handle is selected all handles will be reset. Riporta le maniglie selezionate alla loro posizione iniziale. Se nessuna maniglia è selezionata, saranno tutte riportate alla posizione iniziale. &Reset Az&zera MeshDistortionPlugin Mesh Distortion... Griglia di distorsione... Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Mesh Distortion of Polygons Griglia di distorsione dei poligoni MissingFont Missing Font Font mancanti The Font %1 is not installed. Il font %1 non è installato. Use Usa instead al suo posto ModeToolBar Tools Strumenti Angle: Angolo: Width: Larghezza: Properties... Proprietà... MovePages Move Pages Sposta pagine Copy Page Copia pagina Move Page(s): Sposta pagina(e): Move Page(s) Sposta pagina(e) Before Page Prima di pagina After Page Dopo pagina At End In fondo To: A: Number of copies: Number of copies: Number of Copies: Numero di copie: MultiProgressDialog Progress Progressione Overall Progress: Progressione totale: &Cancel Ann&ulla %v of %m %v di %m MultipleDuplicate &Horizontal Shift: Spostamento ori&zzontale: &Vertical Shift: Spostamento &verticale: &Horizontal Gap: Distanza orizzon&tale: &Vertical Gap: Distanza verti&cale: Multiple Duplicate Duplicazione multipla &By Number of Copies &Di un numero di copie &Number of Copies: &Numero di copie: &Shift Created Items By &Sposta elementi creati di Alt+S Alt+S Create &Gap Between Items Of Crea una distan&za tra gli elementi di Alt+G Alt+Z Rotation: Rotazione: By &Rows && Columns Di &Righe && Colonne Vertical Gap: Distanza verticale: Horizontal Gap: Distanza orizzontale: Number of Rows: Numero di righe: Number of Columns: Numero di colonne: &OK &OK &Cancel An&nulla MyPlugin My &Plugin Le mie este&nsioni MyPluginImpl Scribus - My Plugin Scribus - Mie estensioni The plugin worked! L'estensione ha funzionato! NewDoc New Document Nuovo documento Portrait Verticale Landscape Orizzontale Margin Guides Guide margini Options Opzioni Document page size, either a standard size or a custom size Dimensione pagina documento, standard o personalizzata Orientation of the document's pages Orientamento delle pagine del documento Width of the document's pages, editable if you have chosen a custom page size Larghezza pagine del documento, modificabile se si è scelto dimensione personalizzata Height of the document's pages, editable if you have chosen a custom page size Altezza pagine del documento, modificabile se si è scelto dimensione personalizzata Default unit of measurement for document editing Unità di misura predefinita Create text frames automatically when new pages are added Crea cornici di testo automaticamente quando vengono aggiunte nuove pagine Distance between automatically created columns Distanza tra le colonne create automaticamente Number of columns to create in automatically created text frames Numero di colonne da creare nelle cornici di testo create automaticamente &Size: Dimen&sione: Orie&ntation: Orie&ntamento: &Width: Larg&hezza: &Height: Al&tezza: &Default Unit: Unità pre&definita: &Automatic Text Frames Cornici di testo &automatiche &Gap: Distan&za: New from Template Nuovo da modello Open Existing Document Apri documento esistente Open Recent Document Apri documento recente Colu&mns: Colo&nne: Do not show this dialog again Non mostrare più questa finestra di dialogo Initial number of pages of the document Numero iniziale delle pagine del documento N&umber of Pages: N&umero di pagine: Open Apri &New Document &Nuovo documento Open &Existing Document Apri documento &esistente Open Recent &Document Apri documento &recente First Page is: La prima pagina è: Show Document Settings After Creation Dopo la creazione mostra impostazioni documento Document Layout Formato documento New &from Template Nuovo &da modello NewFromTemplatePlugin New &from Template... Nuovo &da modello... Load documents with predefined layout Carica documenti con formato predefinito Start a document from a template made by other users or yourself (f.e. for documents you have a constant style). Crea un documento da un modello fatto da altri utenti o da te stesso (per esempio documenti che hanno uno stile costante). NewMarginWidget Form Margini Preset Layouts: Formati predefiniti: Left: Sinistra: Right: Destra: Top: Superiore: Bottom: Inferiore: Ensure all margins have the same value Assicura che tutti i margini abbiano lo stesso valore Link Unifica Printer Margins... Margini stampante... Distance between the top margin guide and the edge of the page Distanza tra la guida del margine superiore e il bordo della pagina Distance between the bottom margin guide and the edge of the page Distanza tra la guida del margine inferiore e il bordo della pagina Distance between the left margin guide and the edge of the page. If a double-sided, 3 or 4-fold layout is selected, this margin space can be used to achieve the correct margins for binding Distanza tra la guida del margine sinistro e il bordo della pagina. Se è selezionata la modalità Doppia facciata o Pieghevole 3 o 4 falde, questo margine può essere usato per calcolare i margini corretti per la rilegatura Distance between the right margin guide and the edge of the page. If a double-sided, 3 or 4-fold layout is selected, this margin space can be used to achieve the correct margins for binding Distanza tra la guida del margine destro e il bordo della pagina. Se è selezionata la modalità Doppia facciata o Pieghevole 3 o 4 falde, questo margine può essere usato per calcolare i margini corretti per la rilegatura &Inside: &Interno: &Left: Sinist&ra: O&utside: E&sterno: &Right: &Destra: NodePalette Nodes Nodi Reset all edits Azzera tutti i cambiamenti Move Nodes Sposta nodi Move Control Points Sposta punti di controllo Add Nodes Aggiungi nodi Delete Nodes Elimina nodi Reset Control Points Azzera punti di controllo Reset this Control Point Azzera questo punto di controllo &Absolute Coordinates Coordinate &assolute OK OK Cancel Annulla &X-Pos: Pos &X: &Y-Pos: Pos &Y: Edit &Contour Line Modifica linea &contorno &Reset Contour Line &Reimposta linea contorno &End Editing Fin&e modifica Move Control Points Independently Sposta punti di controllo singolarmente Move Control Points Symmetrical Sposta punti di controllo simmetricamente Open a Polygon or Cuts a Bezier Curve Apri poligono o interrompi curva di Bézier Close this Bezier Curve Chiudi questa curva di Bézier Mirror the Path Horizontally Rifletti il tracciato Mirror the Path Vertically Ribalta il tracciato Shear the Path Horizontally to the Left Distorci il tracciato orizzontalmente verso sinistra Shear the Path Vertically Up Distorci il tracciato verticalmente verso l'alto Shear the Path Vertically Down Distorci il tracciato verticalmente verso il basso Rotate the Path Counter-Clockwise Ruota il tracciato in senso antiorario Rotate the Path Clockwise Ruota il tracciato in senso orario Enlarge the Size of the Path by shown % Aumenta la dimensione del tracciato del valore percentuale mostrato Angle of Rotation Angolo di rotazione Activate Contour Line Editing Mode Attiva la modalità di modifica della linea di contorno Reset the Contour Line to the Original Shape of the Frame Riconfigura la linea di contorno alla forma originale della cornice Shear the Path Horizontally to the Right Distorci il tracciato orizzontalmente verso destra % % When checked use coordinates relative to the page, otherwise coordinates are relative to the Object. Quando è marcata usa le coordinate relative alla pagina, altrimenti le coordinate relative all'oggetto. Shrink the Size of the Path by shown % Riduci la dimensione del tracciato del valore percentuale mostrato Reduce the Size of the Path by the shown value Riduci la dimensione del tracciato del valore mostrato Enlarge the Size of the Path by the shown value Aumenta la dimensione del tracciato del valore mostrato % to Enlarge or Shrink By % di aumento o riduzione Value to Enlarge or Shrink By Valore di ingrandimento o riduzione Set Contour to Image Clip ??? Imposta il contorno a quello della maschera dell'immagine Reset the Contour Line to the Clipping Path of the Image Riporta la linea di contorno a quello della maschera di ritaglio dell'immagine Lens Effects... Lens Effects... Apply fancy Lens Effects Apply fancy Lens Effects to Canvas allo spazio di lavoro to Page alla pagina Set Shape to Image Clip Imposta forma al contorno immagine Set the Shape to the Clipping Path of the Image Imposta la forma alla maschera di ritaglio dell'immagine NotesStylesEditor Notes Styles Editor Editor stili note Add New Style Aggiungi nuovo stile New Style Name Nome nuovo stile Footnotes Piè pagina Endnotes Note di chiusura Numbering Numerazione Range Da definire Portata Start Number Numero d'inizio Prefix Prefisso Suffix Suffiso Superscript in text Come apice nel testo Superscript in notes Come apice nelle note Mark Character Style Stile carattere nota Note Paragraph Style Stile paragrafo nota Auto Height Altezza automatica Auto Width Larghezza automatica Auto Welding Saldatura automatica Remove if empty Elimina se vuoto Apply Applica Delete Elimina OK OK Document Documento Section Sezione Story Page Pagina Frame Cornice Cancel Annulla Dialog is in adding new notes style mode. After pressing Cancel button dialog will be switched into normal notes styles edit mode. Add Style Aggiungi stile New notes style will be add to document only after pressing Apply button. You cannot switch to different notes style before you apply that new one or press Cancel button and exit from adding mode. I nuovi stili note saranno aggiunti al documento solo dopo aver premuto il pulsante Applica. Non puoi passare a un differente stile note prima di applicare quello nuovo o premere il pulsante Annulla e uscire dalla modalità di aggiunta. Mark`s Character Style Note`s Paragraph Style default predefinito No Style Nessuno stile Warning! Deleting Notes Style Attenzione! Stai eliminando uno stile note You are going to delete notes style %1. All notes and marks using that style are also going to be deleted. Stai per eliminare lo stile note %1. Tutte le note che utilizzano quello stile saranno eliminate. Cancel Adding Annulla aggiunta Notes Styles Editor is in adding new notes style mode. After pressing Cancel button Notes Styles Editor switch into normal notes styles edit mode. OODPlug This document does not seem to be an OpenOffice Draw file. Questo documento non sembra essere del tipo OpenOffice Draw. Group%1 Gruppo%1 OODrawImportPlugin Import &OpenOffice.org Draw... Importa &OpenOffice.org Draw... OpenDocument 1.0 Draw (*.odg *.ODG) OpenDocument 1.0 Draw (*.odg *.ODG) OpenOffice.org 1.x Draw (*.sxd *.SXD) OpenOffice.org 1.x Draw (*.sxd *.SXD) Imports OpenOffice.org Draw Files Importa file OpenOffice.org Draw Imports most OpenOffice.org Draw files into the current document, converting their vector data into Scribus objects. Importa la maggior parte dei file OpenOffice.org Draw nel documento corrente, convertendo i dati vettoriali in oggetti Scribus. OpenDocument 1.0 Draw Import/export format name OpenDocument 1.0 Draw OpenOffice.org 1.x Draw Import/export format name OpenOffice.org 1.x Draw This file contains some unsupported features Il file contiene alcune caratteristiche non supportate The file could not be imported Non è stato possibile importare il file OSGEditor 3D Properties Proprietà 3D Load Model ... Carica modello... Clear Model Pulisci modello Views Viste Name: Nome: Options Opzioni Solid Opaco Solid Wireframe Scheletro opaco Transparent Trasparente Transparent Wireframe Scheletro trasparente Wireframe Scheletro Shaded Wireframe Scheletro ombreggiato Hidden Wireframe Scheletro nascosto Vertices Vertici Shaded Vertices Vertici ombreggiati Illustration Illustrazione Solid Outline Contorno opaco Shaded Illustration Illustrazione ombreggiata Line Color: Colore linea: Face Color: ??? Colore faccia: Opacity: Opacità: % % Render Style: Stile di visualizzazione: Bounding Box Riquadro di delimitazione Transparent Bounding Box Riquadro di delimitazione trasparente Transparent Bounding Box Outline ??? Contorno riquadro di delimitazione trasparente Lighting: Illuminazione: None Nessuna Headlamp Faro White Bianco Day Giorno Night Notte Hard ??? Forte Primary Primaria Blue Blu Red Rosso Cube Cubo CAD CAD Artwork ??? Illustrazione Field of Vision ??? Campo di vista Angle: Angolo: Add View... Aggiungi vista... Remove View Elimina vista OSGEditorDialog Default Predefinito Add a new View Aggiungi nuova vista Name: Nome: New View Nuova vista Import 3-D Model Imposta modello 3-D OdgPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Generating Items Generazione elementi OdtDialog Use document name as a prefix for paragraph styles Usa il nome del documento come prefisso per gli stili paragrafo Do not ask again Non chiedere nuovamente OK OK Enabling this will overwrite existing styles in the current Scribus document Se si abilita, si sovrascriveranno gli stili esistenti nell'attuale documento di Scribus Merge Paragraph Styles Unisci stili paragrafo Merge paragraph styles by attributes. This will result in fewer similar paragraph styles, will retain style attributes, even if the original document's styles are named differently. Unisci gli stili paragrafo con gli attributi. Il risultato sarà di avere meno stili di paragrafo simili, conservando però gli attributi di stile, anche se i nomi degli stili del documento originale sono diversi. Prepend the document name to the paragraph style name in Scribus. Aggiungi il nome del documento davanti al nome dello stile paragrafo in Scribus. Make these settings the default and do not prompt again when importing an OASIS OpenDocument. Rendi queste impostazioni predefinite e non chiedere nuovamente durante l'importazione di un OpenDocument OASIS. Overwrite Paragraph Styles Sovrascrivi stili paragrafo OpenDocument Importer Options Opzioni importatore OpenDocument Cancel Annulla OldScribusFormat Scribus Document Documento Scribus Scribus 1.2.x Document Documento Scribus 1.2.x OneClick Origin Origine Basepoint Punto base Size Dimensione Width: Larghezza: Length: Lunghezza: Height: Altezza: Angle: Angolo: Remember Values Ricorda valori OpenPalette empty palette pannello vuoto OpenPaletteModel Elements Elementi Visible Visibile OutlinePalette Element Elemento Active Attivo Visible Visibile Printing Stampabile Locked Bloccato Name "%1" isn't unique.<br/>Please choose another. Il nome " %1" esiste già.<br/>Sceglierne un altro. Inline Frame Cornice in linea Layer: " Livello: " Group Raggruppa Page Pagina Free Objects Oggetti liberi Outline Schema documento Enter a keyword or regular expression to filter the outline. ??? Inserire una parola chiave o un'espressione regolare per filtrare lo schema. Ctrl+f Filter the Outline using a keyword Ctrl+f Filter: Filtro: Ctrl+F Filter the Outline using a keyword Ctrl+F OutlineValues % % Linewidth Spessore linea OutlineWidget Layer is: Livello: active attivo visible visibile invisible invisibile printing stampabile non printing non stampabile locked bloccato X-Pos: Pos X: Y-Pos: Pos Y: PDFExportDialog Save as PDF Salva come PDF O&utput to File: Esport&a nel file: Cha&nge... C&ambia... Output one file for eac&h page Genera un file per ogni pa&gina Open PDF after Export Apri PDF dopo l'esportazione &Save &Salva Open the exported PDF with the PDF viewer as set in External Tools preferences, when not exporting to a multi-file export destination. Apri il PDF esportato nel visualizzatore PDF impostato in Strumenti esterni, quando non si sta esportando a una destinazione multi-file. The save button will be disabled if you are trying to export PDF/X and the info string is missing from the PDF/X tab. Il pulsante Salva è disabilitato se si tenta di esportare in formato PDF/X e la stringa informativa manca nella scheda PDF/X. Save as Save as PDF Files (*.pdf);;All Files (*) File PDF (*.pdf);;Tutti i file (*) This enables exporting one individually named PDF file for each page in the document. Page numbers are added automatically. This is most useful for imposing PDF for commercial printing. Questo abilita l'esportazione di un file PDF per ciascuna pagina del documento. La numerazione delle pagine viene aggiunta automaticamente. Questa opzione è estremamente utile per l'imposizione di un PDF destinato alla stampa commerciale. The save button will be disabled if you are trying to export PDF/X-3 and the info string is missing from the PDF/X-3 tab. Il pulsante per il salvataggio viene disailitato se si cerca di esportare in formato PDF/X-3 e manca la stringa informativa nella scheda PDF/X-3. %1 does not exists and will be created, continue? %1 non esiste e verrà pertanto creato, continuare? Cannot create directory: %1 Impossibile creare la cartella: %1 Save As Salva come PDFLibCore Saving PDF Salvataggio PDF Exporting Master Page: Esportazione pagina mastro: Exporting Page: Esportazione pagina: Exporting Items on Current Page: Esportazione elementi sulla pagina attuale: Qt build miss both "UTF-16" and "ISO-10646-UCS-2" text codecs, pdf export is not possible La versione di Qt in uso è priva dei codec di testo"UTF-16" e "ISO-10646-UCS-2", quindi l'esportazione PDF non è possibile Page: Pagina: Date: Data: Failed to load an image : %1 Impossibile caricare un'immagine : %1 Failed to write an image : %1 Impossibile salvare un'immagine : %1 Failed to load an image mask : %1 ??? Impossibile caricare una maschera d'immagine : %1 Insufficient memory for processing an image Memoria insufficiente per l'elaborazione di un'immagine A write error occured, please check available disk space A write error occured, please check available disk space A write error occurred, please check available disk space Si è verificato un errore di salvataggio, controllare lo spazio disponibile sul disco PDFToolBar PDF Tools Strumenti PDF PPreview Print Preview Anteprima di stampa All Tutti Shows transparency and transparent items in your document. Requires Ghostscript 7.07 or later Mostra la trasparenza e gli elementi trasparenti nel documento. Richiede Ghostscript 7.07 o superiore Gives a print preview using simulations of generic CMYK inks, instead of RGB colors Fornisce un'anteprima di stampa usando simulazioni di inchiostri generici CMYK, al posto di colori RGB Enable/disable the C (Cyan) ink plate Abilita/Disabilita lo strato C (Ciano) Enable/disable the M (Magenta) ink plate Abilita/Disabilita lo strato M (Magenta) Enable/disable the Y (Yellow) ink plate Abilita/Disabilita lo strato Y (Giallo) Enable/disable the K (Black) ink plate Abilita/Disabilita lo strato K (Nero) Display Trans&parency Visualizza tras&parenza &Display CMYK &Visualizza CMYK &C &C &M &M &Y &Y &K &K &Under Color Removal &Rimozione Colori Sottostanti (UCR) Separation Name Nome separazione Cyan Ciano Magenta Magenta Yellow Giallo Black Nero Preview Settings Configurazione anteprima Scaling: Scala: Print... Stampa... A way of switching off some of the gray shades which are composed of cyan, yellow and magenta and using black instead. UCR most affects parts of images which are neutral and/or dark tones which are close to the gray. Use of this may improve printing some images and some experimentation and testing is need on a case by case basis. UCR reduces the possibility of over saturation with CMY inks. Una maniera di spegnere alcune tonalità di grigio che sono composte di ciano, giallo e magenta e di usare il nero al suo posto. L'UCR interessa maggiormente le parti delle immagini che sono neutre e/o di toni scuri vicini al grigio. L'uso di questa opzione può migliorare la stampa di alcune immagini, con un po' di sperimentazione e testando caso per caso. L'UCR riduce la possibilità di sovrassaturazione con inchiostri CMY. Resize the scale of the page. Modifica la scala della pagina. Close Chiudi File File Force Overprint Mode Force Overprint Mode Enable &Antialiasing Abilita &Antialiasing Fit to Width Adatta larghezza Fit to Height Adatta altezza Fit to Page Adatta pagina Provides a more pleasant view of Type 1 fonts, TrueType Fonts, OpenType Fonts, EPS, PDF and vector graphics in the preview, at the expense of a slight slowdown in previewing Mostra in modo più gradevole i font di Tipo 1, True Type, Open Type, EPS, PDF e le grafiche vettoriali, nell'anteprima, al costo di un leggero rallentamento nella visualizzazione Display Settings Impostazioni visualizzazione Print Settings Impostazioni stampa Mirror Page(s) Horizontal Rifletti pagina(e) Mirror Page(s) Vertical Ribalta pagina(e) Clip to Page Margins Clip to Page Margins Print in Grayscale Stampa in scala di grigi Convert Spot Colors Converti colori a tinta piatta Enables Spot Colors to be converted to composite colors. Unless you are planning to print spot colors at a commercial printer, this is probably best left enabled. Abilita la conversione dei colori a tinta piatta in colori composti. Se non c'è l'intenzione di stampare colori a tinta piatta in una tipografia commerciale, è preferibile lasciarla abilitata. Enables global Overprint Mode for this document, overrides object settings Enables global Overprint Mode for this document, overrides object settings Apply Color Profiles Applica profili colore Allows you to embed color profiles in the print stream when color management is enabled Permette di incorporare profili colore nel processo di stampa quando la gestione colori è abilitata Clip to Printer Margins Solo entro margini stampante Display Ink Coverage Visualizza copertura inchiostro Threshold: Soglia: % % None Nessuno PSLib Processing Master Page: Elaborazione pagina mastro: Exporting Page: Esportazione pagina: Failed to write data for an image Impossibile scrivere dati per un'immagine Failed to load an image : %1 Impossibile caricare un'immagine : %1 Failed to load an image mask : %1 Impossibile caricare una maschera d'immagine : %1 Insufficient memory for processing an image Memoria insufficiente per l'elaborazione di un'immagine PageItem Image Immagine Text Testo Line Linea Polygon Poligono Polyline Multilinea PathText Testo del tracciato Symbol Simbolo Group Gruppo RegularPolygon Poligono regolare Arc Arco Spiral Spirale Table Tabella Copy of Copia di PageItemAttributes Relates To In relazione con Is Parent Of È genitore di Is Child Of È figlio di None relationship Nessuna Page Item Attributes Page Item Attributes &Add &Aggiungi Alt+A Alt+A &Copy &Copia Alt+C Alt+C &Delete &Elimina Alt+D Alt+E C&lear Pu&lisci Alt+L Alt+L &OK &OK &Cancel An&nulla Name Nome Type Tipo Value Valore Parameter Parametro Relationship Relazione Relationship To Relazione con Attributes Attributi PageItem_ImageFrame Picture Picture Preview Settings Preview Settings Image Immagine Embedded Image Immagine incorporata File: File: Original PPI: PPI originale: Actual PPI: PPI attuale: Size: Dimensione: Colorspace: Spazio colore: Unknown Sconosciuto Page: Pagina: Pages: Pagine: Embedded Image missing Immagine incorporata mancante missing or corrupt mancante o danneggiata missing mancante No Image Loaded Nessuna immagine caricata PageItem_LatexFrame Latex Latex \section*{Manual} Your \LaTeX-frames setup is working when you can read this text!\\ Placing formulas is very easy:\\ Right click $\Rightarrow$ Edit Latex Source\\ And replace this text with your own. Here is an example: \begin{verbatim}\[J = \int r^2 \mathrm{d}m\]\end{verbatim} becomes \[J = \int r^2 \mathrm{d}m\] \section*{Manual} Your \LaTeX-frames setup is working when you can read this text!\\ Placing formulas is very easy:\\ Right click $\Rightarrow$ Edit Latex Source\\ And replace this text with your own. Here is an example: \begin{verbatim}\[J = \int r^2 \mathrm{d}m\]\end{verbatim} becomes \[J = \int r^2 \mathrm{d}m\] Error Errore Running the external application failed! Esecuzione dell'applicazione esterna fallita! Could not create a temporary file to run the application! Impossibile creare un file temporaneo per lanciare l'applicazione! Information Information Please specify a latex executable in the preferences! Please specify a latex executable in the preferences! An editor for this frame is already running! An editor for this frame is already running! Please specify an editor in the preferences! Please specify an editor in the preferences! Could not create a temporary file to run the external editor! Could not create a temporary file to run the external editor! Running the editor failed with exitcode %d! Running the editor failed with exitcode %d! Running the editor "%1" failed! Running the editor "%1" failed! Running the application "%1" failed! Esecuzione dell'applicazione "%1" fallita! Latex-Frame Latex-Frame Command: Command: DPI: DPI: Status: Status: OK OK Running In esecuzione Errorcode Errorcode The application "%1" failed to start! Lancio dell'applicazione "%1" fallito! The application "%1" crashed! L'applicazione "%1" si è chiusa inaspettatamente! Application Applicazione DPI DPI State Stato Finished Finito Render Render This is usually a problem with your input. Please check the program's output. In genere questo è un problema dipendente dall'input. Si prega di controllare l'output del programma. Do you want to open the editor to fix the problem? Vuoi aprire l'editor per risolvere il problema? The config file didn't specify a executable path! Il file di configurazione non ha specificato il percorso dell'eseguibile! The application "%1" failed to start! Please check the path: Fallito l'avvio dell'applicazione "%1"! Si prega di controllare il percorso: Render Frame Cornice rendering No configuration defined to run the application! Nessuna configurazione definita per lanciare l'applicazione! No application defined Nessuna applicazione definita Rendering... Rendering... Render Error Errore render PageItem_NoteFrame Endnote frame Cornice di chiusura Footnote frame Cornice a piè pagina No Style Nessuno stile PageItem_OSGFrame OSG OSG Default Predefinito 3D Model Modello 3D File: File: PageItem_PathText Paragraphs: Paragrafi: Lines: Righe: Words: Parole: Chars: Caratteri: PageItem_TextFrame No Style Nessuno stile Linked Text Testo collegato Text Frame Cornice di testo Paragraphs: Paragrafi: Lines: Righe: Words: Parole: Chars: Caratteri: PageLayouts First Page is: La prima pagina è: Document Layout Formato documento Number of pages to show side-by-side on the canvas Often used for allowing items to be placed across page spreads Numero di pagine da visualizzare fianco a fianco nello spazio di lavoro. Spesso utilizzato per permettere il posizionamento degli oggetti sulle pagine affiancate Location on the canvas where the first page of the document is placed Posizione nello spazio di lavoro in cui è situata la prima pagina del documento PagePalette Drag pages or master pages onto the trashbin to delete them Drag pages or master pages onto the trashbin to delete them Here are all your master pages. To create a new page, drag a master page to the page view below Here are all your master pages. To create a new page, drag a master page to the page view below Arrange Pages Disposizione pagine Available Master Pages: Pagine mastro disponibili: Document Pages: Pagine del documento: List of normal pages in the document, shown with the document layout. Pages may be dragged to rearrange or delete them. Lista delle pagine Normali nel documento, visualizzate con il formato del documento. Le pagine possono essere trascinate per redisporle o eliminarle. Drag pages or master pages onto the trash to delete them Per eliminare le pagine normali o le mastro, trascinarle nel cestino List of master pages in the document. Master page names may be dragged onto the page view below to apply master pages, or onto the empty space between pages to create new pages. Lista delle pagine mastro nel documento. I nomi delle pagine mastro possono essere trascinate sull'anteprima qui sotto per applicarle alle pagine, oppure negli spazi tra le pagine per crearne nuove. This master page is used at least once in the document. Questa pagina mastro è già in uso in questo documento almeno una volta. Do you really want to delete this master page? Vuoi veramente elminare questa pagina mastro? PagePalette_MasterPages Edit Master Pages Modifica pagine mastro Duplicate the selected master page Duplica la pagina mastro selezionata Delete the selected master page Elimina la pagina mastro selezionata Add a new master page Aggiungi nuova pagina mastro Import master pages from another document Importa pagine mastro da altro documento This master page is used at least once in the document. Questa pagina mastro è già in uso in questo documento almeno una volta. Do you really want to delete master page "%1"? Vuoi veramente eliminare la pagina mastro "%1"? Copy #%1 of %2 Copia #%1 di %2 &Name: &Nome: New Master Page Nuova pagina mastro Name: Nome: New MasterPage Nuova pagina mastro New Master Page %1 Nuova pagina mastro %1 Copy #%1 of Copia #%1 di Unable to Rename Master Page Impossibile rinominare la pagina mastro The Normal page is not allowed to be renamed. La pagina Normale non può essere rinominata. Rename Master Page Rinomina la pagina mastro New Name: Nuovo nome: PagePalette_MasterPagesBase Form Formulario <<< Return to Pages Edition <<< Torna alla modifica delle pagine <<< Return to pages edition <<< Torna alla modifica delle pagine PagePalette_Pages This master page is used at least once in the document. Questa pagina mastro è già in uso in questo documento almeno una volta. Do you really want to delete this master page? Vuoi veramente eliminare questa pagina mastro? Arrange Pages Disposizione pagine Available Master Pages: Pagine mastro disponibili: Document Pages: Pagine del documento: List of master pages in the document. Master page names may be dragged onto the page view below to apply master pages, or onto the empty space between pages to create new pages. Lista delle pagine mastro nel documento. I nomi delle pagine mastro possono essere trascinati sull'anteprima qui sotto per applicarle alle pagine, oppure negli spazi tra le pagine per crearne nuove. List of normal pages in the document, shown with the document layout. Pages may be dragged to rearrange or delete them. Lista delle pagine Normali nel documento, visualizzate con il formato del documento. Le pagine possono essere trascinate per ridisporle o eliminarle. Drag pages or master pages onto the trash to delete them Per eliminare le pagine normali o mastro, trascinale nel cestino PagePalette_PagesBase Form Formulario Available Master Pages: Pagine mastro disponibili: Document Pages: Pagine del documento: Document Layout Formato documento PageSelector %1 of %2 %1 of %2 Go to the first page Vai alla prima pagina Go to the previous page Vai alla pagina precedente Go to the next page Vai alla pagina successiva Go to the last page Vai all'ultima pagina Select the current page Seleziona pagina corrente of %1 number of pages in document di %1 PagesPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Generating Items Generazione elementi PaintManagerBase Manage Paints Gestione colori Manage Colors and Fills Gestisci colori e riempimenti <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <table border="0" style="-qt-table-type: root; margin-top:4px; margin-bottom:4px; margin-left:4px; margin-right:4px;"> <tr> <td style="border: none;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If color management is enabled, a triangle warning indicator is a warning that the color maybe outside of the color gamut of the current printer profile selected. What this means is the color may not print exactly as indicated on screen. Spot colors are indicated by a red circle. More hints about gamut warnings are in the online help under Color Management. Registration colors will have a registration mark next to the color. Use Registration only for printers marks and crop marks.</p></td></tr></table></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <table border="0" style="-qt-table-type: root; margin-top:4px; margin-bottom:4px; margin-left:4px; margin-right:4px;"> <tr> <td style="border: none;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Se la gestione del colore è attiva, la presenza di un indicatore triangolare di avviso indica che il colore potrebbe trovarsi al di fuori della gamma del profilo stampante corrente. Ciò significa che il colore potrebbe essere stampato in modo diverso da come appare a video. I colori spot sono indicati da un cerchio rosso. Altre indicazioni sugli avvisi di "fuori gamma" si trovano nella guida in linea, nella sezione sulla gestione del colore. I colori di registrazione sono indicati da un segno di registrazione, e dovrebbero essere usati solo per i segni di stampante e di ritaglio.</p></td></tr></table></body></html> 1 1 Import colors to the current set from an existing document Importa colori nell'attuale raccolta da un documento esistente &Import &Importa Create a new color within the current set Crea un nuovo colore nell'attuale raccolta Add Aggiungi Edit the currently selected color Modifica il colore attualmente selezionato &Edit &Modifica Make a copy of the currently selected color Fai una copia del colore attualmente selezionato D&uplicate D&uplica Delete the currently selected color Elimina il colore attualmente selezionato &Delete E&limina Remove unused colors from current document's color set Elimina colori inutilizzati dalla raccolta colori del documento corrente &Remove Unused &Elimina inutilizzati Color Sets Raccolte colori Current Color Set: Raccolta colori corrente: ... ... Save the current color set Salva la raccolta colori corrente &Save Color Set &Salva raccolta colori Make the current colorset the default color set Rende predefinita l'attuale raccolta colori OK OK Cancel Annulla PaintManagerDialog Solid Colors Tinte unite Gradients Sfumature Patterns Motivi Scribus Swatches Raccolte di Scribus User Swatches Raccolte utente Merge Color Set Fondi raccolta colori Sort by Name Ordina per nome Sort by Color Ordina per colore Sort by Type Ordina per tipo &Import &Importa Add Aggiungi &Edit &Modifica Load File Carica file Load Set Carica raccolta Rename Rinomina New Gradient Nuova sfumatura New Color Nuovo colore Rename Entry Rinomina voce Copy of %1 Copia di %1 Selected Colors Colori selezionati Do you really want to clear all your gradients? Vuoi veramente cancellare tutte le sfumature? Do you really want to clear all your colors and gradients? Vuoi veramente cancellare tutti i colori e le sfumature? Do you really want to clear all your patterns? Vuoi veramente cancellare tutti i motivi? All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati Scribus Gradient Files "*.sgr" (*.sgr *.SGR);; File sfumature di Scribus "*.sgr" (*.sgr *.SGR);; Gimp Gradient Files "*.ggr" (*.ggr *.GGR);; File sfumature di Gimp "*.ggr" (*.ggr *.GGR);; All Files (*) Tutti i file (*) Open Apri All Supported Formats (%1);;Documents (%2);;Other Files (%3);;All Files (*) Tutti i formati supportati (%1);;Documenti (%2);;Altri file (%3);;Tutti i file (*) Import Colors Importa colori Information Informazioni The file %1 does not contain colors which can be imported. If the file was a PostScript-based, try to import it with File -&gt; Import. Not all files have DSC conformant comments where the color descriptions are located. This prevents importing colors from some files. See the Edit Colors section of the documentation for more details. Nel file %1 non ci sono colori importabili. Se si tratta di un file basato su PostScript, provare ad importarlo con File -&gt; Importa. Non tutti i file hanno commenti compatibili DSC, nei quali sono contenute le descrizioni dei colori. Ciò impedisce l'importazione da alcuni file. Vedere la sezione Modifica colori della documentazione per ulteriori dettagli. &Name: &Nome: Choose a Directory Scegli una cartella Loading Patterns Caricamento motivi Choose a Name Scegli un nome ParaStyleComboBox No Style Nessuno stile PathAlongPathPlugin Path Along Path... Tracciato lungo il tracciato... Bends a Polygon along a Path. Piega un poligono lungo un tracciato. Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Bends a Polygon along a Polyline Piega un poligono lungo una multilinea This plugin bends a Polygon with the help of a Polyline. Questa estensione posiziona un poligono lungo una multilinea, piegandolo lungo essa. PathConnectDialogBase Connect Paths Collega tracciati Connect first Line Connect first Line Starting Point Punto iniziale End Point Funto finale with second Line with second Line with: with: a straight Line una linea retta Points moving Spostamento punti Preview on Canvas Anteprima sullo spazio di lavoro Connect First Line Collega la prima linea with Second Line con la seconda linea by using: utilizzando: PathConnectPlugin Connect Paths Collega tracciati Connects two Paths. Collega due tracciati. Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Connect 2 Polylines. Collega 2 multilinee. PathCutPlugin Cut Polygon Taglia poligono Cuts a Polygon with a Path. Taglia un poligono con un tracciato. Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Cuts a Polygon by a Polyline Taglia un poligono con una multilinea Qt Version too old Versione Qt troppo vecchia This plugin requires at least version 4.3.3 of the Qt library Questa estensione richiede almeno la versione 4.3.3 delle librerie Qt Error Errore The cutting line must cross the polygon and both end points must lie outside of the polygon La linea di cesura deve attraversare il poligono e ambedue i punti finali devono essere fuori del poligono PathDialogBase Path along Path Tracciato lungo il tracciato Effect Type Tipo effetto Single Singolo Single, stretched Singolo, teso Repeated Ripetuto Repeated, stretched Ripetuto, teso Horizontal Offset Spostamento orizzontale Vertical Offset Spostamento verticale Gap between Objects Distanza tra gli oggetti Preview on Canvas Anteprima sullo spazio di lavoro Rotate Objects by: Ruota oggetti di: 90° 90° 180° 180° 270° 270° PathFinderBase Boolean Path Operations Operazioni booleane del tracciato Keep a copy of the original Item after applying the operation Keep a copy of the original Item after applying the operation keep keep + + = = Operation Operazione ... ... Swap Shapes Scambia forme Options Options Result gets Color of: Result gets Colour of: first Shape first Shape second Shape second Shape First source shape. Prima forma d'origine. Second source shape. Seconda forma d'origine. The resulting shape. La forma risultante. Unites the shapes Combina le forme Intersection of the shapes Intersezione delle forme Result is the area where the two shapes do not intersect Il risultato è l'area in cui le due forme non si intersecano Break apart, The result is a combination of "Intersection" and "Exclusion" Suddividi, Il risultato è una combinazione di "Intersezione" ed "Esclusione" Custom Colors Colori personalizzati Stroke: Contorno: Fill: Riempimento: Keep a copy of the original item after applying the operation Conserva una copia dell'oggetto originale dopo aver applicato l'operazione Keep Conserva Subtracts the second shape from the first shape Sottrai la seconda forma dalla prima Exchange the Source Shapes Scambia le forme d'origine Result takes color from: Result takes colour from: The resulting shape uses the color of the first source shape La forma risultante utilizza il colore della prima forma d'origine First Shape Prima forma The resulting shape uses the color of the second source shape La forma risultante utilizza il colore della seconda forma d'origine Second Shape Seconda forma Shape The resulting shape uses the colors listed below La forma risultante utilizza i colori elencati qui sotto Stroke Color Colore contorno Fill Color Colore di riempimento Result Takes Color from: Il risultato prende il colore da: PathFinderDialog Result gets Color of: Il risultato è di colore: Intersection gets Color of: L'intersezione è di colore: PathFinderPlugin Path Operations... Operazioni del tracciato... Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Path Operations Operazioni del tracciato Apply fancy boolean operations to paths. Applica operazioni booleane elaborate ai tracciati. Qt Version too old Versione Qt troppo vecchia This plugin requires at least version 4.3.3 of the Qt library Questa estensione richiede almeno la versione 4.3.3 delle librerie Qt PathStrokerPlugin Create Path from Stroke Crea tracciato dal contorno Path Tools Strumenti tracciato Converts the stroke of a Path to a filled Path. Converte il contorno di un tracciato in un tracciato riempito. PatternDialog Choose a Directory Scegli una cartella Loading Patterns Caricamento motivi All Files (*) Tutti i file (*) Open Apri Patterns Motivi Load Carica Load Set Carica raccolta Remove Elimina Remove All Elimina tutti OK OK Cancel Annulla &Name: &Nome: Rename Entry Rename voce All Supported Formats Tutti i formati supportati Rename Rinomina PatternPropsDialog Pattern Properties Proprietà motivo pt pt % % Offsets Spostamenti X: X: Y: Y: Scaling Scala X-Scale: Scala X: Y-Scale: Scala Y: Rotation Rotazione Skewing Distorsione Spacing Spaziatura Value: Valore: X-Skew: Distorsione X: Y-Skew: Distorsione Y: Angle: Angolo: Flip: Ribalta: Close Chiudi PctPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Group%1 Gruppo%1 Generating Items Generazione elementi PdfImportOptions PDF-Import Importa PDF Importing File: Importazione file: TextLabel Etichetta di testo Page Range Intervallo pagine All Pages Tutte le pagine Single Page Pagina singola Choose Pages Scegli pagine Crop to: Taglia a: Media Box Media Box Bleed Box Bleed Box Trim Box Trim Box Crop Box Crop Box Art Box Art Box PdfPlug Importing: %1 Importazione: %1 Analyzing File: Analisi file: Generating Items Generazione elementi Open PDF-File Apri file PDF Password Password PermitDialog Confirm to run unsafe script Conferma di esecuzione di uno script non sicuro scriptname.py nomescript.py <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Attention:</span> This script file contains code which <span style=" font-style:italic;">might harm </span>your system.</p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">You should only permit execution of this script if you are sure that it comes from a trustworthy source. </p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style="font-weight:600;">Attenzione:</span> Questo file di script contiene codice che <span style=" font-style:italic;">potrebbe danneggiare </span>il vostro sistema.</p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Dovreste permettere l'esecuzione di questo script solo se siete sicuri che proviene da una fonte affidabile. </p></body></html> De&tails >> &Dettagli >> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif';"></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif';"></p></body></html> &Remember preference for this file &Ricorda preferenza per questo file &Allow &Consenti &Deny &Nega PicSearch Size: Dimensione: Resolution: Risoluzione: DPI DPI Unknown Sconosciuto Colorspace: Spazio colore: Result Esito Search Results for: Esito ricerca per: &Preview Ante&prima Alt+P Alt+P &Select &Seleziona Alt+S Alt+S Cancel Annulla PicSearchOptions The filesystem will be searched for case insensitive file names when you check this on. Remember it is not default on most operating systems except MS Windows Con questa opzione, la ricerca avverrà senza tener conto della differenza tra minuscole e maiuscole. Tenere a mente che non è predefinito nella maggior parte dei sistemi operativi ad eccezione di MS Windows Cancel Search Annulla ricerca Start Search Inizia ricerca Select a base directory for search Seleziona una cartella base per la ricerca Scribus - Image Search Scribus - Ricerca immagini The search failed: %1 Ricerca fallita: %1 Search Images Cerca immagini Search for: Cerca: Start at: Inizia in: Change... Cambia... Searching Ricerca Case insensitive search Ricerca senza tener conto delle maiuscole Search recursively Ricerca nelle sottocartelle Base directory for search does not exist. Please choose another one. La cartella base per la ricerca non esiste. Sceglierne un'altra. PicStatus Goto Goto Manage Pictures Manage Pictures Scribus - Image Search Scribus - Ricerca immagini No images named "%1" were found. Non è stata trovata alcuna immagine con il nome "%1". Close Chiudi Not on a Page Non è su una pagina JPG JPG TIFF TIFF PSD PSD EPS/PS EPS/PS PDF PDF JPG2000 JPG2000 emb. PSD PSD incorporato Unknown Sconosciuto n/a n/d Information Informazioni Path: Percorso: Search... Cerca... Name: Nome: Image Immagine DPI: DPI: Format: Formato: Colorspace: Spazio colore: Size Dimensione Pixels: Pixel: Scale: Scala: Printed: Stampata: Layout Aspetto On Page: Su pagina: eff. DPI: eff. DPI: Object: Object: Select Seleziona Image Tools Strumenti immagine Set format specific properties of certain image types, like clipping paths Imposta proprietà specifiche di certi formati immagine, come i tracciati di ritaglio Image Visible Immagine visibile Image Effects... Effetti immagine... Edit Image... Modifica immagine... Print Image Print Image Extended Image Properties... Ulteriori proprietà immagini... Sort by Name Ordina per nome Sort by Page Ordina per pagina Manage Images Gestione immagini Go to Vai a Name of the image file Nome del file immagine Location where the image file is stored Posizione in cui è salvata l'immagine Search for a missing image Cerca immagine scomparsa Type of the image Tipo dell'immagine The colorspace of the image Lo spazio colore dell'immagine Colorspace used within the image, eg RGB or CMYK Lo spazio colore usato nell'immagine, es. RGB o CMYK Native resolution of the image, in dots per inch Risoluzione originale dell'immagine, in punti per pollice (DPI) Height and width of the image Altezza e larghezza dell'immagine Horizontal and vertical scaling applied to the image Scalatura orizzontale e verticale dell'immagine Size of the image when printed Dimensione dell'immagine stampata Page that the image is displayed on Pagina sulla quale l'immagine è visualizzata Page Item: Elemento pagina: Name of the page item that contains the image Nome dell'elemento pagina che contiene l'immagine Effective DPI: DPI effettivo: Effective resolution of the image after scaling Risoluzione effettiva dell'immagine dopo la scalatura Move to the page that the image is on Spostati nella pagina in cui è situata l'immagine Move to the page that the item is on and select it Spostati nella pagina in cui è situato l'elemento e selezionalo Enable or disable exporting of the item Abilita o disabilita l'esportazione dell'elemento Export/Print Image Esporta/Stampa immagine Set format specfic properties of certain image types, like clipping paths ??? Configura le proprietà del formato specifico di alcuni tipi d'immagine, come le maschere di ritaglio Edit the image in the default editor Modifica l'immagine nell'editor predefinito Make the image visible or invisible Rendi l'immagine visibile o invisibile Apply non destructive effects to the image in its frame Applica effetti non distruttivi all'immagine nella sua cornice Embedded Image Immagine incorporata PictureBrowser Scribus Picture Browser Esplora immagini di Scribus Folder Browser Esplora cartelle Collection Browser Esplora raccolte Document Browser Esplora documento Include Subdirectories Includi sottocartelle Create new category Crea nuova categoria New collection Nuova raccolta Delete selected collection